CakePHP software Cookbook Documentation

PDF

Documento

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation

Release 2.x

Cake Software Foundation

February 20, 2013

1 Getting Started

Blog Tutorial

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Blog Tutorial - Adding a layer

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2 Installation

Requirements

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

License

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Downloading CakePHP

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Permissions

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Setup

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Development

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Production

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Advanced Installation and URL Rewriting

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fire It Up

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3 CakePHP Overview

What is CakePHP? Why Use it?

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Understanding Model-View-Controller

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Where to Get Help

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4 Controllers

The App Controller

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Request parameters

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Controller actions

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Request Life-cycle callbacks

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Controller Methods

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Controller Attributes

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Getting Started

The CakePHP framework provides a robust base for your application. It can handle every aspect, from the user’s initial request all the way to the final rendering of a web page. And since the framework follows the principles of MVC, it allows you to easily customize and extend most aspects of your application.

The framework also provides a basic organizational structure, from filenames to database table names, keeping your entire application consistent and logical. This concept is simple but powerful. Follow the conventions and you’ll always know exactly where things are and how they’re organized.

The best way to experience and learn CakePHP is to sit down and build something. To start off we’ll build a simple blog application.

Blog Tutorial

Welcome to CakePHP. You’re probably checking out this tutorial because you want to learn more about how

CakePHP works. It’s our aim to increase productivity and make coding more enjoyable: we hope you’ll see this as you dive into the code.

This tutorial will walk you through the creation of a simple blog application. We’ll be getting and installing

Cake, creating and configuring a database, and creating enough application logic to list, add, edit, and delete blog posts.

Here’s what you’ll need:

1. A running web server. We’re going to assume you’re using Apache, though the instructions for using other servers should be very similar. We might have to play a little with the server configuration, but most folks can get Cake up and running without any configuration at all. Make sure you have PHP

5.2.8 or greater.

2. A database server. We’re going to be using MySQL server in this tutorial. You’ll need to know enough about SQL in order to create a database: Cake will be taking the reins from there. Since we’re using

MySQL, also make sure that you have pdo_mysql enabled in PHP.

3. Basic PHP knowledge. The more object-oriented programming you’ve done, the better: but fear not if you’re a procedural fan.

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

4. Finally, you’ll need a basic knowledge of the MVC programming pattern. A quick overview can be found in

Understanding Model-View-Controller . Don’t worry, it’s only a half a page or so.

Let’s get started!

Getting Cake

First, let’s get a copy of fresh Cake code.

To get a fresh download, visit the CakePHP project http://github.com/cakephp/cakephp/downloads and download the latest release of 2.0

You can also clone the repository using git (http://git-scm.com/).

git://github.com/cakephp/cakephp.git

on GitHub: git clone

Regardless of how you downloaded it, place the code inside of your DocumentRoot. Once finished, your directory setup should look something like the following:

/ path_to_document_root

/ app

/ lib

/ plugins

/ vendors

htaccess index .

php

README

Now might be a good time to learn a bit about how Cake’s directory structure works: check out

CakePHP

Folder Structure

section.

Creating the Blog Database

Next, let’s set up the underlying database for our blog. If you haven’t already done so, create an empty database for use in this tutorial, with a name of your choice. Right now, we’ll just create a single table to store our posts. We’ll also throw in a few posts right now to use for testing purposes. Execute the following

SQL statements into your database:

/* First, create our posts table: */

CREATE TABLE posts ( id INT UNSIGNED AUTO_INCREMENT PRIMARY KEY, title VARCHAR( 50 ), body TEXT, created DATETIME

DEFAULT NULL

, modified DATETIME

DEFAULT NULL

);

/* Then insert some posts for testing: */

INSERT INTO posts (title,body,created)

VALUES ( ’The title’ , ’This is the post body.’ , NOW());

INSERT INTO posts (title,body,created)

VALUES ( ’A title once again’ , ’And the post body follows.’ , NOW());

2 Chapter 1. Getting Started

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

INSERT INTO posts (title,body,created)

VALUES ( ’Title strikes back’ , ’This is really exciting! Not.’ , NOW());

The choices on table and column names are not arbitrary. If you follow Cake’s database naming conventions, and Cake’s class naming conventions (both outlined in

CakePHP Conventions ), you’ll be able to take

advantage of a lot of free functionality and avoid configuration. Cake is flexible enough to accommodate even the worst legacy database schema, but adhering to convention will save you time.

Check out

CakePHP Conventions

for more information, but suffice it to say that naming our table ‘posts’ automatically hooks it to our Post model, and having fields called ‘modified’ and ‘created’ will be automagically managed by Cake.

Cake Database Configuration

Onward and upward: let’s tell Cake where our database is and how to connect to it. For many, this is the first and last time you configure anything.

A copy of CakePHP’s database configuration file is found in

/app/Config/database.php.default

Make a copy of this file in the same directory, but name it database.php.

The config file should be pretty straightforward: just replace the values in the $default array with those that apply to your setup. A sample completed configuration array might look something like the following:

public

$default =

array

(

’datasource’ => ’Database/Mysql’ ,

’persistent’ =>

false

’host’ => ’localhost’ ,

’port’ => ’’ ,

’login’ => ’cakeBlog’ ,

’password’ => ’c4k3-rUl3Z’ ,

’database’ => ’cake_blog_tutorial’ ,

’schema’ => ’’ ,

’prefix’ => ’’ ,

’encoding’ => ’’

);

Once you’ve saved your new database.php file, you should be able to open your browser and see the

Cake welcome page. It should also tell you that your database connection file was found, and that Cake can successfully connect to the database.

Note: Remember that you’ll need to have PDO, and pdo_mysql enabled in your php.ini.

Optional Configuration

There are three other items that can be configured. Most developers complete these laundry-list items, but they’re not required for this tutorial. One is defining a custom string (or “salt”) for use in security hashes.

The second is defining a custom number (or “seed”) for use in encryption. The third item is allowing

CakePHP write access to its tmp folder.

Blog Tutorial 3

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

The security salt is used for generating hashes.

Change the default salt value by editing

/app/Config/core.php

line 187. It doesn’t much matter what the new value is, as long as it’s not easily guessed:

/**

* A random string used in security hashing methods.

Configure :: write ( ’Security.salt’ , ’pl345e-P45s_7h3*S@l7!’ );

The cipher seed is used for encrypt/decrypt strings.

Change the default seed value by editing

/app/Config/core.php

line 192. It doesn’t much matter what the new value is, as long as it’s not easily guessed:

/**

* A random numeric string (digits only) used to encrypt/decrypt strings.

Configure :: write ( ’Security.cipherSeed’ , ’7485712659625147843639846751’ );

The final task is to make the app/tmp directory web-writable. The best way to do this is to find out what user your webserver runs as (<?php echo ‘whoami‘; ?>) and change the ownership of the app/tmp directory to that user. The final command you run (in *nix) might look something like this:

$ chown R www data app / tmp

If for some reason CakePHP can’t write to that directory, you’ll be informed by a warning while not in production mode.

A Note on mod_rewrite

Occasionally a new user will run into mod_rewrite issues. For example if the CakePHP welcome page looks a little funny (no images or css styles), it probably means mod_rewrite isn’t functioning on your system.

Please refer to one of the sections below about url rewriting for your webserver to get you up and running:

URL Rewriting

Apache and mod_rewrite (and .htaccess)

While CakePHP is built to work with mod_rewrite out of the box–and usually does–we’ve noticed that a few users struggle with getting everything to play nicely on their systems.

Here are a few things you might try to get it running correctly. First look at your httpd.conf (Make sure you are editing the system httpd.conf rather than a user- or site-specific httpd.conf).

1. Make sure that an .htaccess override is allowed and that AllowOverride is set to All for the correct

DocumentRoot. You should see something similar to:

# Each directory to which Apache has access can be configured with respect

# to which services and features are allowed and/or disabled in that

# directory (and its subdirectories).

4 Chapter 1. Getting Started

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

# First, we configure the "default" to be a very restrictive set of

# features.

< Directory />

Options FollowSymLinks

AllowOverride All

Order deny,allow

Deny from all

</ Directory >

2. Make sure you are loading up mod_rewrite correctly. You should see something like:

LoadModule rewrite_module libexec / apache2 / mod_rewrite .

In many systems these will be commented out (by being prepended with a #) by default, so you may just need to remove those leading # symbols.

After you make changes, restart Apache to make sure the settings are active.

Verify that you your .htaccess files are actually in the right directories.

This can happen during copying because some operating systems treat files that start with ‘.’ as hidden and therefore won’t see them to copy.

3. Make sure your copy of CakePHP is from the downloads section of the site or our GIT repository, and has been unpacked correctly by checking for .htaccess files.

Cake root directory (needs to be copied to your document, this redirects everything to your Cake app):

< IfModule mod_rewrite .

c >

RewriteEngine on

RewriteRule

</ IfModule >

^ $ app / webroot / [L]

( .* ) app / webroot / $ 1 [L]

Cake app directory (will be copied to the top directory of your application by bake):

< IfModule mod_rewrite .

c >

RewriteEngine on

RewriteRule ^ $ webroot /

RewriteRule

</ IfModule >

( .* ) webroot / $ 1

[L]

Cake webroot directory (will be copied to your application’s web root by bake):

< IfModule mod_rewrite .

c >

RewriteEngine On

RewriteCond % {REQUEST_FILENAME} !d

RewriteCond % {REQUEST_FILENAME} !f

RewriteRule ^ ( .* ) $ index .

php [QSA,L]

</ IfModule >

Blog Tutorial 5

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

tion dependent). In this file, ensure that AllowOverride None is changed to AllowOverride

All

, so you have:

< Directory />

Options FollowSymLinks

AllowOverride All

</ Directory >

< Directory /

var

/ www >

Options Indexes FollowSymLinks MultiViews

AllowOverride All

Order Allow,Deny

Allow from all

</ Directory >

If on Mac OSX, another solution is to use the tool virtualhostx to make a virtual host to point to your folder.

For many hosting services (GoDaddy, 1and1), your web server is actually being served from a user directory that already uses mod_rewrite. If you are installing CakePHP into a user directory ( http://example.com/~username/cakephp/ ), or any other URL structure that already utilizes mod_rewrite, you’ll need to add RewriteBase statements to the .htaccess files CakePHP uses (/.htaccess, /app/.htaccess, /app/webroot/.htaccess).

This can be added to the same section with the RewriteEngine directive, so for example your webroot

.htaccess file would look like:

< IfModule mod_rewrite .

c >

RewriteEngine On

RewriteBase / path / to / cake / app

RewriteCond % {REQUEST_FILENAME} !d

RewriteCond % {REQUEST_FILENAME} !f

RewriteRule ^ ( .* ) $ index .

php [QSA,L]

</ IfModule >

The details of those changes will depend on your setup, and can include additional things that are not

Cake related. Please refer to Apache’s online documentation for more information.

Pretty URLs on nginx

nginx is a popular server that uses less system resources than Apache. Its drawback is that it does not make use of .htaccess files like Apache, so it is necessary to create those rewritten URLs in the site-available configuration. Depending upon your setup, you will have to modify this, but at the very least, you will need

PHP running as a FastCGI instance.

server { listen 80 ; server_name www .

example .

com; rewrite ^ ( .* ) http :// example .

com $ 1 permanent;

} server { listen 80 ;

6 Chapter 1. Getting Started

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

} server_name example .

com;

# root directive should be global root /

var

/ www / example .

com /

public

/ app / webroot / ; index index .

php; access_log /

var

/ www / example .

com / log / access .

log ; error_log /

var

/ www / example .

com / log / error .

log ; location / { try_files $uri $uri / / index .

php ?

$uri & $args ;

} location ~ \ .

php $ { try_files $uri = 404 ;

include

/ etc / nginx / fastcgi_params; fastcgi_pass 127.0

0.1

: 9000 ; fastcgi_index index .

php; fastcgi_param SCRIPT_FILENAME $document_root$fastcgi_script_name ;

}

URL Rewrites on IIS7 (Windows hosts)

IIS7 does not natively support .htaccess files. While there are add-ons that can add this support, you can also import htaccess rules into IIS to use CakePHP’s native rewrites. To do this, follow these steps:

1. Use Microsoft’s Web Platform Installer (http://www.microsoft.com/web/downloads/platform.aspx) to install the URL Rewrite Module 2.0

(http://www.iis.net/downloads/microsoft/url-rewrite) or download it directly ( 32-bit (http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=5747) / 64-bit

(http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=7435)).

2. Create a new file in your CakePHP root folder, called web.config.

3. Using Notepad or any XML-safe editor and copy the following code into your new web.config file...

xml version = "1.0" encoding = "UTF-8" ?>

<system.webServer>

<rules>

</rule>

</conditions>

Blog Tutorial 7

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

</rule>

</rule>

</rule>

</conditions>

</rule>

</rules>

</rewrite>

</system.webServer>

</configuration>

It is also possible to use the Import functionality in IIS’s URL Rewrite module to import rules directly from CakePHP’s .htaccess files in root, /app/, and /app/webroot/ - although some editing within IIS may be necessary to get these to work. When Importing the rules this way, IIS will automatically create your web.config file for you (in the currently selected folder within IIS).

Once the web.config file is created with the correct IIS-friendly rewrite rules, CakePHP’s links, css, js, and rerouting should work correctly.

I don’t / can’t use URL rewriting

If you don’t want to or can’t use URL rewriting on your webserver, refer to the

core configuration

Now continue to

Blog Tutorial - Adding a layer

to start building your first CakePHP application.

Blog Tutorial - Adding a layer

Create a Post Model

The Model class is the bread and butter of CakePHP applications. By creating a CakePHP model that will interact with our database, we’ll have the foundation in place needed to do our view, add, edit, and delete operations later.

CakePHP’s model class files go in /app/Model, and the file we’ll be creating will be saved to

/app/Model/Post.php

. The completed file should look like this:

8 Chapter 1. Getting Started

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

class Post extends

AppModel {

}

Naming convention is very important in CakePHP. By naming our model Post, CakePHP can automatically infer that this model will be used in the PostsController, and will be tied to a database table called posts.

Note: CakePHP will dynamically create a model object for you if it cannot find a corresponding file in

/app/Model. This also means that if you accidentally name your file wrong (i.e. post.php or posts.php),

CakePHP will not recognize any of your settings and will use the defaults instead.

For more on models, such as table prefixes, callbacks, and validation, check out the

Models

chapter of the

Manual.

Create a Posts Controller

Next, we’ll create a controller for our posts. The controller is where all the business logic for post interaction will happen. In a nutshell, it’s the place where you play with the models and get post-related work done.

We’ll place this new controller in a file called PostsController.php inside the /app/Controller directory. Here’s what the basic controller should look like:

class PostsController extends

AppController {

public

$helpers =

array

( ’Html’ , ’Form’ );

}

Now, lets add an action to our controller. Actions often represent a single function or interface in an application. For example, when users request www.example.com/posts/index (which is also the same as www.example.com/posts/), they might expect to see a listing of posts. The code for that action would look something like this:

class PostsController extends

AppController {

public

$helpers =

array

( ’Html’ , ’Form’ );

public function

index () {

$this -> set ( ’posts’ , $this -> Post -> find ( ’all’ ));

}

Let me explain the action a bit. By defining function index() in our PostsController, users can now access the logic there by requesting www.example.com/posts/index. Similarly, if we were to define a function called foobar(), users would be able to access that at www.example.com/posts/foobar.

Warning: You may be tempted to name your controllers and actions a certain way to obtain a certain

URL. Resist that temptation. Follow CakePHP conventions (plural controller names, etc.) and create readable, understandable action names. You can map URLs to your code using “routes” covered later on.

Blog Tutorial - Adding a layer 9

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

method of the Post model. Our Post model is automatically available at $this->Post because we’ve followed Cake’s naming conventions.

To learn more about Cake’s controllers, check out the

Controllers

chapter.

Creating Post Views

Now that we have our data flowing to our model, and our application logic and flow defined by our controller, let’s create a view for the index action we created above.

Cake views are just presentation-flavored fragments that fit inside an application’s layout. For most applications they’re HTML mixed with PHP, but they may end up as XML, CSV, or even binary data.

Layouts are presentation code that is wrapped around a view, and can be defined and switched between, but for now, let’s just use the default.

Remember in the last section how we assigned the ‘posts’ variable to the view using the set() method?

That would hand down data to the view that would look something like this:

// print_r($posts) output:

Array

(

[ 0 ] =>

Array

(

[Post] =>

Array

(

[id] => 1

[title] => The title

[body] =>

This

is the post body .

[created] => 2008 02 13 18 : 34 : 55

[modified] =>

)

[ 1 ] =>

Array

(

)

[Post] =>

Array

(

[id] => 2

[title] => A title once again

[body] =>

And

the post body follows .

[created] => 2008 02 13 18 : 34 : 56

[modified] =>

)

[ 2 ] =>

Array

(

)

[Post] =>

Array

(

[id] => 3

[title] => Title strikes back

[body] =>

This

is really exciting !

Not

[created] => 2008 02 13 18 : 34 : 57

10 Chapter 1. Getting Started

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

[modified] =>

)

Cake’s view files are stored in /app/View inside a folder named after the controller they correspond to

(we’ll have to create a folder named ‘Posts’ in this case). To format this post data in a nice table, our view code might look something like this

<h1>Blog posts</h1>

<table>

<tr>

<th>Title</th>

<th>Created</th>

</tr>

<?php foreach ( $posts

$post ) : ?>

<tr>

<td>

<?php echo $this -> Html -> link ( $post [ ’Post’ ][ ’title’ ],

array

( ’controller’ => ’posts’ , ’action’ => ’view’ , $post [ ’Post’ ][ ’id’ ])); ?>

</td>

</tr>

<?php endforeach ; ?>

<?php unset ( $post ); ?>

</table>

Hopefully this should look somewhat simple.

You might have noticed the use of an object called $this->Html. This is an instance of the CakePHP

HtmlHelper

class. CakePHP comes with a set of view helpers that make things like linking, form output,

JavaScript and Ajax a snap. You can learn more about how to use them in

Helpers , but what’s important to

note here is that the link() method will generate an HTML link with the given title (the first parameter) and URL (the second parameter).

When specifying URLs in Cake, it is recommended that you use the array format. This is explained in more detail in the section on Routes. Using the array format for URLs allows you to take advantage of CakePHP’s reverse routing capabilities. You can also specify URLs relative to the base of the application in the form of

/controller/action/param1/param2.

At this point, you should be able to point your browser to http://www.example.com/posts/index . You should see your view, correctly formatted with the title and table listing of the posts.

If you happened to have clicked on one of the links we created in this view (that link a post’s title to a URL

/posts/view/some_id), you were probably informed by CakePHP that the action hasn’t yet been defined. If you were not so informed, either something has gone wrong, or you actually did define it already, in which

Blog Tutorial - Adding a layer 11

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

case you are very sneaky. Otherwise, we’ll create it in the PostsController now:

class PostsController extends

AppController {

public

$helpers =

array

( ’Html’ , ’Form’ );

public function

index () {

$this -> set ( ’posts’ , $this -> Post -> find ( ’all’ ));

}

public function

view ( $id =

null

) {

( !

$id ) {

throw new

NotFoundException(__( ’Invalid post’ ));

}

$post = $this -> Post -> findById ( $id );

( !

$post ) {

throw new

NotFoundException(__( ’Invalid post’ ));

}

$this -> set ( ’post’ , $post );

}

The set() call should look familiar. Notice we’re using findById() rather than find(’all’) because we only really want a single post’s information.

Notice that our view action takes a parameter: the ID of the post we’d like to see. This parameter is handed to the action through the requested URL. If a user requests /posts/view/3, then the value ‘3’ is passed as $id.

We also do a bit of error checking to ensure a user is actually accessing a record. If a user requests

/posts/view

, we will throw a NotFoundException and let the CakePHP ErrorHandler take over.

We also perform a similar check to make sure the user has accessed a record that exists.

Now let’s create the view for our new ‘view’ action and place it in /app/View/Posts/view.ctp

<p><small>Created: <?php echo $post [ ’Post’ ][ ’created’ ]; ?> </small></p>

Verify that this is working by trying the links at /posts/index or manually requesting a post by accessing

/posts/view/1 .

Adding Posts

Reading from the database and showing us the posts is a great start, but let’s allow for the adding of new posts.

First, start by creating an add() action in the PostsController:

12 Chapter 1. Getting Started

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

class PostsController extends

AppController {

public

$helpers =

array

( ’Html’ , ’Form’ , ’Session’ );

public

$components =

array

( ’Session’ );

public function

index () {

$this -> set ( ’posts’ , $this -> Post -> find ( ’all’ ));

}

public function

view ( $id ) {

( !

$id ) {

throw new

NotFoundException(__( ’Invalid post’ ));

}

$post = $this -> Post -> findById ( $id );

( !

$post ) {

throw new

NotFoundException(__( ’Invalid post’ ));

}

$this -> set ( ’post’ , $post );

}

public function

add () {

( $this -> request -> is ( ’post’ )) {

$this -> Post -> create ();

( $this -> Post -> save ( $this -> request -> data )) {

$this -> Session -> setFlash ( ’Your post has been saved.’ );

$this -> redirect (

array

( ’action’ => ’index’ ));

}

else

{

$this -> Session -> setFlash ( ’Unable to add your post.’ );

}

Note: You need to include the SessionComponent - and SessionHelper - in any controller where you will use it. If necessary, include it in your AppController.

Here’s what the add() action does: if the HTTP method of the request was POST, try to save the data using the Post model. If for some reason it doesn’t save, just render the view. This gives us a chance to show the user validation errors or other warnings.

Every CakePHP request includes a CakeRequest object which is accessible using $this->request.

The request object contains useful information regarding the request that was just received, and can be used to control the flow of your application. In this case, we use the

CakeRequest::is()

method to check that the request is a HTTP POST request.

When a user uses a form to POST data to your application, that information is available in

$this->request->data . You can use the

pr()

debug()

functions to print it out if you want to see what it looks like.

We use the SessionComponent’s

SessionComponent::setFlash()

method to set a message to a session variable to be displayed on the page after redirection.

In the layout we have

Blog Tutorial - Adding a layer 13

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

SessionHelper::flash

which displays the message and clears the corresponding session variable.

The controller’s

Controller::redirect

function redirects to another URL. The param array(’action’ => ’index’) translates to URL /posts i.e the index action of posts controller. You can refer to

Router::url()

function on the API (http://api20.cakephp.org) to see the formats in which you can specify a URL for various Cake functions.

Calling the save() method will check for validation errors and abort the save if any occur. We’ll discuss how those errors are handled in the following sections.

Data Validation

Cake goes a long way in taking the monotony out of form input validation. Everyone hates coding up endless forms and their validation routines. CakePHP makes it easier and faster.

To take advantage of the validation features, you’ll need to use Cake’s FormHelper in your views. The

FormHelper

is available by default to all views at $this->Form.

Here’s our add view:

<?php

echo

$this -> Form -> create ( ’Post’ );

echo

$this -> Form -> input ( ’title’ );

echo

$this -> Form -> input ( ’body’ ,

array

( ’rows’ => ’3’ ));

echo

$this -> Form -> end ( ’Save Post’ );

Here, we use the FormHelper to generate the opening tag for an HTML form. Here’s the HTML that

$this->Form->create() generates:

<form

id="PostAddForm" method="post" action="/posts/add"

If create() is called with no parameters supplied, it assumes you are building a form that submits to the current controller’s add() action (or edit() action when id is included in the form data), via POST.

The $this->Form->input() method is used to create form elements of the same name. The first parameter tells CakePHP which field they correspond to, and the second parameter allows you to specify a wide array of options - in this case, the number of rows for the textarea. There’s a bit of introspection and automagic here: input() will output different form elements based on the model field specified.

The $this->Form->end() call generates a submit button and ends the form. If a string is supplied as the first parameter to end(), the FormHelper outputs a submit button named accordingly along with the closing form tag. Again, refer to

Helpers

for more on helpers.

Now let’s go back and update our /app/View/Posts/index.ctp view to include a new “Add Post” link. Before the <table>, add the following line:

php

echo

$this -> Html -> link (

’Add Post’ ,

array

( ’controller’ => ’posts’ , ’action’ => ’add’ )

); ?>

14 Chapter 1. Getting Started

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

You may be wondering: how do I tell CakePHP about my validation requirements? Validation rules are defined in the model. Let’s look back at our Post model and make a few adjustments:

class Post extends

AppModel {

public

$validate =

array

(

’title’ =>

array

(

’rule’ => ’notEmpty’

’body’ =>

array

(

’rule’ => ’notEmpty’

)

);

}

The $validate array tells CakePHP how to validate your data when the save() method is called. Here,

I’ve specified that both the body and title fields must not be empty. CakePHP’s validation engine is strong, with a number of pre-built rules (credit card numbers, email addresses, etc.) and flexibility for adding your own validation rules. For more information on that setup, check the

Data Validation .

Now that you have your validation rules in place, use the app to try to add a post with an empty title or body to see how it works. Since we’ve used the

FormHelper::input()

method of the FormHelper to create our form elements, our validation error messages will be shown automatically.

Editing Posts

Post editing: here we go. You’re a CakePHP pro by now, so you should have picked up a pattern. Make the action, then the view. Here’s what the edit() action of the PostsController would look like:

public function

edit ( $id =

null

) {

( !

$id ) {

throw new

NotFoundException(__( ’Invalid post’ ));

}

$post = $this -> Post -> findById ( $id );

( !

$post ) {

throw new

NotFoundException(__( ’Invalid post’ ));

}

( $this -> request -> is ( ’post’ ) || $this -> request -> is ( ’put’ )) {

$this -> Post -> id = $id ;

( $this -> Post -> save ( $this -> request -> data )) {

$this -> Session -> setFlash ( ’Your post has been updated.’ );

$this -> redirect (

array

( ’action’ => ’index’ ));

}

else

{

$this -> Session -> setFlash ( ’Unable to update your post.’ );

}

( !

$this -> request -> data ) {

$this -> request -> data = $post ;

}

Blog Tutorial - Adding a layer 15

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

This action first ensures that the user has tried to access an existing record. If they haven’t passed in a passed in an $id parameter, or the post does not exist, we throw a NotFoundException for the CakePHP

ErrorHandler to take care of.

Next the action checks that the request is a POST request. If it is, then we use the POST data to update our

Post record, or kick back and show the user validation errors.

If there is no data set to $this->request->data, we simply set it to the previously retrieved post.

The edit view might look something like this:

<?php

echo

$this -> Form -> create ( ’Post’ );

echo

$this -> Form -> input ( ’title’ );

echo

$this -> Form -> input ( ’body’ ,

array

( ’rows’ => ’3’ ));

echo

$this -> Form -> input ( ’id’ ,

array

( ’type’ => ’hidden’ ));

echo

$this -> Form -> end ( ’Save Post’ );

This view outputs the edit form (with the values populated), along with any necessary validation error messages.

One thing to note here: CakePHP will assume that you are editing a model if the ‘id’ field is present in the data array. If no ‘id’ is present (look back at our add view), Cake will assume that you are inserting a new model when save() is called.

You can now update your index view with links to edit specific posts:

<!-- File: /app/View/Posts/index.ctp

(edit links added) -->

<h1>Blog posts</h1>

<p> <?php echo $this -> Html -> link ( "Add Post" ,

array

( ’action’ => ’add’ )); ?> </p>

<table>

<tr>

<th>Title</th>

<th>Action</th>

<th>Created</th>

</tr>

<?php foreach ( $posts

$post ) : ?>

<tr>

<td>

<?php echo $this -> Html -> link ( $post [ ’Post’ ][ ’title’ ],

array

( ’action’ => ’view’ , $post [ ’Post’ ][ ’id’ ])); ?>

</td>

<td>

<?php echo $this -> Html -> link ( ’Edit’ ,

array

( ’action’ => ’edit’ , $post [ ’Post’ ][ ’id’ ])); ?>

</td>

<td>

<?php echo $post [ ’Post’ ][ ’created’ ]; ?>

16 Chapter 1. Getting Started

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

</td>

</tr>

<?php endforeach ; ?>

</table>

Deleting Posts

Next, let’s make a way for users to delete posts. Start with a delete() action in the PostsController:

public function

delete ( $id ) {

( $this -> request -> is ( ’get’ )) {

throw new

MethodNotAllowedException();

}

( $this -> Post -> delete ( $id )) {

$this -> Session -> setFlash ( ’The post with id: ’ .

$id .

’ has been deleted.’ );

$this -> redirect (

array

( ’action’ => ’index’ ));

}

This logic deletes the post specified by $id, and uses $this->Session->setFlash() to show the user a confirmation message after redirecting them on to /posts. If the user attempts to do a delete using a

GET request, we throw an Exception. Uncaught exceptions are captured by CakePHP’s exception handler, and a nice error page is displayed. There are many built-in

Exceptions

that can be used to indicate the various HTTP errors your application might need to generate.

Because we’re just executing some logic and redirecting, this action has no view. You might want to update your index view with links that allow users to delete posts, however:

<h1>Blog posts</h1>

<p> <?php echo $this -> Html -> link ( ’Add Post’ ,

array

( ’action’ => ’add’ )); ?> </p>

<table>

<tr>

<th>Title</th>

<th>Actions</th>

<th>Created</th>

</tr>

<?php foreach ( $posts

$post ) : ?>

<tr>

<td>

<?php echo $this -> Html -> link ( $post [ ’Post’ ][ ’title’ ],

array

( ’action’ => ’view’ , $post [ ’Post’ ][ ’id’ ])); ?>

</td>

<td>

<?php echo $this -> Form -> postLink (

Blog Tutorial - Adding a layer 17

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

’Delete’ ,

array

( ’action’ => ’delete’ , $post [ ’Post’ ][ ’id’ ]),

array

( ’confirm’ => ’Are you sure?’ ));

</td>

<td>

<?php echo $this -> Html -> link ( ’Edit’ ,

array

( ’action’ => ’edit’ , $post [ ’Post’ ][ ’id’ ])); ?>

<?php echo $post [ ’Post’ ][ ’created’ ]; ?>

</td>

</tr>

<?php endforeach ; ?>

</table>

Using

postLink()

will create a link that uses Javascript to do a POST request deleting our post. Allowing content to be deleted using GET requests is dangerous, as web crawlers could accidentally delete all your content.

Note: This view code also uses the FormHelper to prompt the user with a JavaScript confirmation dialog before they attempt to delete a post.

Routes

For some, CakePHP’s default routing works well enough. Developers who are sensitive to user-friendliness and general search engine compatibility will appreciate the way that CakePHP’s URLs map to specific actions. So we’ll just make a quick change to routes in this tutorial.

For more information on advanced routing techniques, see

Routes Configuration .

By default, CakePHP responds to a request for the root of your site (i.e.

http://www.example.com

) using its PagesController, rendering a view called “home”. Instead, we’ll replace this with our PostsController by creating a routing rule.

Cake’s routing is found in /app/Config/routes.php. You’ll want to comment out or remove the line that defines the default root route. It looks like this:

Router :: connect ( ’/’ ,

array

( ’controller’ => ’pages’ , ’action’ => ’display’ , ’home’ ));

This line connects the URL ‘/’ with the default CakePHP home page. We want it to connect with our own controller, so replace that line with this one:

Router :: connect ( ’/’ ,

array

( ’controller’ => ’posts’ , ’action’ => ’index’ ));

This should connect users requesting ‘/’ to the index() action of our PostsController.

Note: CakePHP also makes use of ‘reverse routing’ - if with the above route defined you pass array(’controller’ => ’posts’, ’action’ => ’index’) to a function expecting an array, the resultant URL used will be ‘/’. It’s therefore a good idea to always use arrays for URLs as this means your routes define where a URL goes, and also ensures that links point to the same place too.

18 Chapter 1. Getting Started

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Conclusion

Creating applications this way will win you peace, honor, love, and money beyond even your wildest fantasies. Simple, isn’t it? Keep in mind that this tutorial was very basic. CakePHP has many more features to offer, and is flexible in ways we didn’t wish to cover here for simplicity’s sake. Use the rest of this manual as a guide for building more feature-rich applications.

Now that you’ve created a basic Cake application you’re ready for the real thing. Start your own project, read the rest of the Cookbook and API (http://api20.cakephp.org).

If you need help, come see us in #cakephp. Welcome to CakePHP!

Suggested Follow-up Reading

These are common tasks people learning CakePHP usually want to study next:

Layouts : Customizing your website layout

Elements

Including and reusing view snippets

Scaffolding : Prototyping before creating code

Code Generation with Bake

Generating basic CRUD code

Simple Authentication and Authorization Application : User authentication and authorization tutorial

Additional Reading

A Typical CakePHP Request

We’ve covered the basic ingredients in CakePHP, so let’s look at how objects work together to complete a basic request. Continuing with our original request example, let’s imagine that our friend Ricardo just clicked on the “Buy A Custom Cake Now!” link on a CakePHP application’s landing page.

Figure: 2. Typical Cake Request.

Black = required element, Gray = optional element, Blue = callback

1. Ricardo clicks the link pointing to http://www.example.com/cakes/buy , and his browser makes a request to your web server.

2. The Router parses the URL in order to extract the parameters for this request: the controller, action, and any other arguments that will affect the business logic during this request.

3. Using routes, a request URL is mapped to a controller action (a method in a specific controller class).

In this case, it’s the buy() method of the CakesController. The controller’s beforeFilter() callback is called before any controller action logic is executed.

4. The controller may use models to gain access to the application’s data. In this example, the controller uses a model to fetch Ricardo’s last purchases from the database. Any applicable model callbacks, behaviors, and DataSources may apply during this operation. While model usage is not required, all

CakePHP controllers initially require at least one model.

Blog Tutorial - Adding a layer 19

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Figure 1.1: Flow diagram showing a typical CakePHP request

Chapter 1. Getting Started

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

5. After the model has retrieved the data, it is returned to the controller. Model callbacks may apply.

6. The controller may use components to further refine the data or perform other operations (session manipulation, authentication, or sending emails, for example).

7. Once the controller has used models and components to prepare the data sufficiently, that data is handed to the view using the controller’s set() method. Controller callbacks may be applied before the data is sent. The view logic is performed, which may include the use of elements and/or helpers.

By default, the view is rendered inside of a layout.

8. Additional controller callbacks (like afterFilter) may be applied. The complete, rendered view code is sent to Ricardo’s browser.

CakePHP Conventions

We are big fans of convention over configuration. While it takes a bit of time to learn CakePHP’s conventions, you save time in the long run: by following convention, you get free functionality, and you free yourself from the maintenance nightmare of tracking config files. Convention also makes for a very uniform system development, allowing other developers to jump in and help more easily.

CakePHP’s conventions have been distilled out of years of web development experience and best practices.

While we suggest you use these conventions while developing with CakePHP, we should mention that many of these tenets are easily overridden – something that is especially handy when working with legacy systems.

Controller Conventions

Controller classnames are plural, CamelCased, and end in Controller. PeopleController and

LatestArticlesController are both examples of conventional controller names.

The first method you write for a controller might be the index() method. When a request specifies a controller but not an action, the default CakePHP behavior is to execute the index() method of that controller. For example, a request for http://www.example.com/apples/ maps to a call on the index() method of the ApplesController, whereas http://www.example.com/apples/view/ maps to a call on the view() method of the ApplesController.

You can also change the visibility of controller methods in CakePHP by prefixing controller method names with underscores. If a controller method has been prefixed with an underscore, the method will not be accessible directly from the web but is available for internal use. For example:

class NewsController extends

AppController {

public function

latest () {

$this -> _findNewArticles ();

}

protected function

_findNewArticles () {

// Logic to find latest news articles

}

Blog Tutorial - Adding a layer 21

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

While the page http://www.example.com/news/latest/ would be accessible to the user as usual, someone trying to get to the page http://www.example.com/news/_findNewArticles/ would get an error, because the method is preceded with an underscore. You can also use PHP’s visibility keywords to indicate whether or not a method can be accessed from a url. Non-public methods cannot be accessed.

URL Considerations for Controller Names As you’ve just seen, single word controllers map easily to a simple lower case URL path. For example, ApplesController (which would be defined in the file name ‘ApplesController.php’) is accessed from http://example.com/apples .

Multiple word controllers can be any ‘inflected’ form which equals the controller name so:

• /redApples

• /RedApples

• /Red_apples

• /red_apples will all resolve to the index of the RedApples controller.

However, the convention is that your urls are lowercase and underscored, therefore /red_apples/go_pick is the correct form to access the

RedApplesController::go_pick action.

For more information on CakePHP URLs and parameter handling, see

Routes Configuration .

File and Classname Conventions

In general, filenames match the classnames, which are CamelCased. So if you have a class MyNiftyClass, then in Cake, the file should be named MyNiftyClass.php. Below are examples of how to name the file for each of the different types of classes you would typically use in a CakePHP application:

• The Controller class KissesAndHugsController would be found in a file named KissesAnd-

HugsController.php

• The Component class MyHandyComponent would be found in a file named MyHandyComponent.php

• The Model class OptionValue would be found in a file named OptionValue.php

• The Behavior class EspeciallyFunkableBehavior would be found in a file named EspeciallyFunkableBehavior.php

• The View class SuperSimpleView would be found in a file named SuperSimpleView.php

• The Helper class BestEverHelper would be found in a file named BestEverHelper.php

Each file would be located in the appropriate folder in your app folder.

Model and Database Conventions

Model classnames are singular and CamelCased. Person, BigPerson, and ReallyBigPerson are all examples of conventional model names.

22 Chapter 1. Getting Started

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Table names corresponding to CakePHP models are plural and underscored. The underlying tables for the above mentioned models would be people, big_people, and really_big_people, respectively.

You can use the utility library

Inflector

to check the singular/plural of words. See the

Inflector

for more information.

Field names with two or more words are underscored like, first_name.

Foreign keys in hasMany, belongsTo or hasOne relationships are recognized by default as the (singular) name of the related table followed by _id. So if a Baker hasMany Cake, the cakes table will refer to the bakers table via a baker_id foreign key. For a multiple worded table like category_types, the foreign key would be category_type_id.

Join tables, used in hasAndBelongsToMany (HABTM) relationships between models should be named after the model tables they will join in alphabetical order (apples_zebras rather than zebras_apples).

All tables with which CakePHP models interact (with the exception of join tables), require a singular primary key to uniquely identify each row. If you wish to model a table which does not have a single-field primary key, CakePHP’s convention is that a single-field primary key is added to the table. You have to add a single-field primary key if you want to use that table’s model.

CakePHP does not support composite primary keys. If you want to directly manipulate your join table data, use direct

query

calls or add a primary key to act on it as a normal model. E.g.:

CREATE TABLE posts_tags ( id INT( 10 )

NOT NULL

AUTO_INCREMENT, post_id INT( 10 )

NOT NULL

, tag_id INT( 10 )

NOT NULL

PRIMARY KEY(id));

Rather than using an auto-increment key as the primary key, you may also use char(36). Cake will then use a unique 36 character uuid (String::uuid) whenever you save a new record using the Model::save method.

View Conventions

View template files are named after the controller functions they display, in an underscored form.

The getReady() function of the PeopleController class will look for a view template in

/app/View/People/get_ready.ctp.

The basic pattern is /app/View/Controller/underscored_function_name.ctp.

By naming the pieces of your application using CakePHP conventions, you gain functionality without the hassle and maintenance tethers of configuration. Here’s a final example that ties the conventions

• Database table: “people”

• Model class: “Person”, found at /app/Model/Person.php

• Controller class: “PeopleController”, found at /app/Controller/PeopleController.php

• View template, found at /app/View/People/index.ctp

Using these conventions, CakePHP knows that a request to http://example.com/people/ maps to a call on the index() function of the PeopleController, where the Person model is automatically available (and automati-

Blog Tutorial - Adding a layer 23

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

cally tied to the ‘people’ table in the database), and renders to a file. None of these relationships have been configured by any means other than by creating classes and files that you’d need to create anyway.

Now that you’ve been introduced to CakePHP’s fundamentals, you might try a run through the

Blog Tutorial

to see how things fit together.

CakePHP Folder Structure

After you’ve downloaded and extracted CakePHP, these are the files and folders you should see:

• app

• lib

• vendors

• plugins

• .htaccess

• index.php

• README

You’ll notice three main folders:

• The app folder will be where you work your magic: it’s where your application’s files will be placed.

• The lib folder is where we’ve worked our magic. Make a personal commitment not to edit files in this folder. We can’t help you if you’ve modified the core.

• Finally, the vendors folder is where you’ll place third-party PHP libraries you need to use with your

CakePHP applications.

The App Folder

CakePHP’s app folder is where you will do most of your application development. Let’s look a little closer at the folders inside of app.

Config Holds the (few) configuration files CakePHP uses. Database connection details, bootstrapping, core configuration files and more should be stored here.

Controller Contains your application’s controllers and their components.

Lib Contains 1st party libraries that do not come from 3rd parties or external vendors. This allows you to separate your organization’s internal libraries from vendor libraries.

Locale Stores string files for internationalization.

Model Contains your application’s models, behaviors, and datasources.

Plugin Contains plugin packages.

tmp This is where CakePHP stores temporary data. The actual data it stores depends on how you have

CakePHP configured, but this folder is usually used to store model descriptions, logs, and sometimes session information.

24 Chapter 1. Getting Started

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Make sure that this folder exists and that it is writable, otherwise the performance of your application will be severely impacted. In debug mode, CakePHP will warn you if it is not the case.

Vendor Any third-party classes or libraries should be placed here. Doing so makes them easy to access using the App::import(‘vendor’, ‘name’) function. Keen observers will note that this seems redundant, as there is also a vendors folder at the top level of our directory structure. We’ll get into the differences between the two when we discuss managing multiple applications and more complex system setups.

View Presentational files are placed here: elements, error pages, helpers, layouts, and view files.

webroot In a production setup, this folder should serve as the document root for your application. Folders here also serve as holding places for CSS stylesheets, images, and JavaScript files.

CakePHP Structure

CakePHP features Controller, Model, and View classes, but it also features some additional classes and objects that make development in MVC a little quicker and more enjoyable. Components, Behaviors, and

Helpers are classes that provide extensibility and reusability to quickly add functionality to the base MVC classes in your applications. Right now we’ll stay at a higher level, so look for the details on how to use these tools later on.

Application Extensions

Controllers, helpers and models each have a parent class you can use to define applicationwide changes.

AppController (located at /app/Controller/AppController.php), AppHelper (located at

/app/View/Helper/AppHelper.php

) and AppModel (located at

/app/Model/AppModel.php

) are great places to put methods you want to share between all controllers, helpers or models.

Although they aren’t classes or files, routes play a role in requests made to CakePHP. Route definitions tell CakePHP how to map URLs to controller actions. The default behavior assumes that the URL

/controller/action/var1/var2 maps to Controller::action($var1, $var2), but you can use routes to customize URLs and how they are interpreted by your application.

Some features in an application merit packaging as a whole. A plugin is a package of models, controllers and views that accomplishes a specific purpose that can span multiple applications. A user management system or a simplified blog might be a good fit for CakePHP plugins.

Controller Extensions (“Components”)

A Component is a class that aids in controller logic. If you have some logic you want to share between controllers (or applications), a component is usually a good fit. As an example, the core EmailComponent class makes creating and sending emails a snap. Rather than writing a controller method in a single controller that performs this logic, you can package the logic so it can be shared.

Controllers are also fitted with callbacks. These callbacks are available for your use, just in case you need to insert some logic between CakePHP’s core operations. Callbacks available include:

• beforeFilter(), executed before any controller action logic

Blog Tutorial - Adding a layer 25

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

• beforeRender(), executed after controller logic, but before the view is rendered

• afterFilter(), executed after all controller logic, including the view render. There may be no difference between afterRender() and afterFilter() unless you’ve manually made a call to render() in your controller action and have included some logic after that call.

Model Extensions (“Behaviors”)

Similarly, Behaviors work as ways to add common functionality between models. For example, if you store user data in a tree structure, you can specify your User model as behaving like a tree, and gain free functionality for removing, adding, and shifting nodes in your underlying tree structure.

Models also are supported by another class called a DataSource. DataSources are an abstraction that enable models to manipulate different types of data consistently. While the main source of data in a CakePHP application is often a database, you might write additional DataSources that allow your models to represent

RSS feeds, CSV files, LDAP entries, or iCal events. DataSources allow you to associate records from different sources: rather than being limited to SQL joins, DataSources allow you to tell your LDAP model that it is associated to many iCal events.

Just like controllers, models are featured with callbacks as well:

• beforeFind()

• afterFind()

• beforeValidate()

• beforeSave()

• afterSave()

• beforeDelete()

• afterDelete()

The names of these methods should be descriptive enough to let you know what they do. You can find the details in the models chapter.

View Extensions (“Helpers”)

A Helper is a class that aids in view logic. Much like a component used among controllers, helpers allow presentational logic to be accessed and shared between views. One of the core helpers, JsHelper, makes Ajax requests within views much easier and comes with support for jQuery (default), Prototype and Mootools.

Most applications have pieces of view code that are used repeatedly. CakePHP facilitates view code reuse with layouts and elements. By default, every view rendered by a controller is placed inside a layout. Elements are used when small snippets of content need to be reused in multiple views.

26 Chapter 1. Getting Started

CHAPTER 2

Installation

CakePHP is fast and easy to install. The minimum requirements are a webserver and a copy of Cake, that’s it! While this manual focuses primarily on setting up with Apache (because it’s the most common), you can configure Cake to run on a variety of web servers such as LightHTTPD or Microsoft IIS.

Requirements

• HTTP Server. For example: Apache. mod_rewrite is preferred, but by no means required.

• PHP 5.2.8 or greater.

Technically a database engine isn’t required, but we imagine that most applications will utilize one.

CakePHP supports a variety of database storage engines:

• MySQL (4 or greater)

• PostgreSQL

• Microsoft SQL Server

• SQLite

Note: The built-in drivers all require PDO. You should make sure you have the correct PDO extensions installed.

License

CakePHP is licensed under the MIT license. This means that you are free to modify, distribute and republish the source code on the condition that the copyright notices are left intact. You are also free to incorporate

CakePHP into any Commercial or closed source application.

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Downloading CakePHP

There are two main ways to get a fresh copy of CakePHP. You can either download an archive copy

(zip/tar.gz/tar.bz2) from the main website, or check out the code from the git repository.

To download the latest major release of CakePHP. Visit the main website http://www.cakephp.org

and follow the “Download Now” link.

All current releases of CakePHP are hosted on Github (http://github.com/cakephp/cakephp). Github houses both CakePHP itself as well as many other plugins for CakePHP. The CakePHP releases are available at

Github downloads (http://github.com/cakephp/cakephp/downloads).

Alternatively you can get fresh off the press code, with all the bug-fixes and up to the minute enhancements.

These can be accessed from github by cloning the Github (http://github.com/cakephp/cakephp) repository: git

clone

git :// github .

com / cakephp / cakephp .

git

Permissions

CakePHP uses the app/tmp directory for a number of different operations. Model descriptions, cached views, and session information are just a few examples.

As such, make sure the directory app/tmp and all its subdirectories in your cake installation are writable by the web server user.

Setup

Setting up CakePHP can be as simple as slapping it in your web server’s document root, or as complex and flexible as you wish. This section will cover the three main installation types for CakePHP: development, production, and advanced.

• Development: easy to get going, URLs for the application include the CakePHP installation directory name, and less secure.

• Production: Requires the ability to configure the web server’s document root, clean URLs, very secure.

• Advanced: With some configuration, allows you to place key CakePHP directories in different parts of the filesystem, possibly sharing a single CakePHP core library folder amongst many CakePHP applications.

Development

A development installation is the fastest method to setup Cake. This example will help you install a

CakePHP application and make it available at http://www.example.com/cake_2_0/ . We assume for the purposes of this example that your document root is set to /var/www/html.

28 Chapter 2. Installation

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Unpack the contents of the Cake archive into /var/www/html. You now have a folder in your document root named after the release you’ve downloaded (e.g. cake_2.0.0). Rename this folder to cake_2_0. Your development setup will look like this on the file system:

var

/ www / html / cake_2_0 / app / lib / plugins / vendors /

htaccess index .

php

README

If your web server is configured correctly, you should now find your Cake application accessible at http://www.example.com/cake_2_0/ .

Using one CakePHP checkout for multiple applications

If you are developing a number of applications, it often makes sense to have them share the same CakePHP core checkout. There are a few ways in which you can accomplish this. Often the easiest is to use PHP’s include_path

. To start off, clone CakePHP into a directory. For this example, we’ll use ~/projects: git

clone

git :// github .

com / cakephp / cakephp .

git ~/ projects / cakephp

This will clone CakePHP into your ~/projects directory. If you don’t want to use git, you can download a zipball and the remaining steps will be the same. Next you’ll have to locate and modify your php.ini.

On *nix systems this is often in /etc/php.ini, but using php -i and looking for ‘Loaded Configuration File’. Once you’ve found the correct ini file, modify the include_path configuration to include

~/projects/cakephp/lib . An example would look like: include_path = .:/ home / mark / projects / cakephp / lib :/ usr / local / php / lib / php

After restarting your webserver, you should see the changes reflected in phpinfo().

Note: If you are on windows, separate include paths with ; instead of :

Having finished setting up your include_path your applications should be able to find CakePHP automatically.

Production

A production installation is a more flexible way to setup Cake. Using this method allows an entire domain to act as a single CakePHP application. This example will help you install Cake anywhere on your filesystem and make it available at http://www.example.com

. Note that this installation may require the rights to change the DocumentRoot on Apache webservers.

Production 29

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Unpack the contents of the Cake archive into a directory of your choosing. For the purposes of this example, we assume you choose to install Cake into /cake_install. Your production setup will look like this on the filesystem:

/ cake_install / app / webroot / (

this

directory is set

the ‘‘ DocumentRoot ‘‘ directive) lib / plugins / vendors /

htaccess index .

php

README

Developers using Apache should set the DocumentRoot directive for the domain to:

DocumentRoot / cake_install / app / webroot

If your web server is configured correctly, you should now find your Cake application accessible at http://www.example.com

Advanced Installation and URL Rewriting

Advanced Installation

There may be some situations where you wish to place CakePHP’s directories on different places on the filesystem. This may be due to a shared host restriction, or maybe you just want a few of your apps to share the same Cake libraries. This section describes how to spread your CakePHP directories across a filesystem.

First, realize that there are three main parts to a Cake application:

1. The core CakePHP libraries, in /lib/Cake.

2. Your application code, in /app.

3. The application’s webroot, usually in /app/webroot.

Each of these directories can be located anywhere on your file system, with the exception of the webroot, which needs to be accessible by your web server. You can even move the webroot folder out of the app folder as long as you tell Cake where you’ve put it.

To configure your Cake installation, you’ll need to make some changes to the following files.

• /app/webroot/index.php

• /app/webroot/test.php (if you use the

Testing

feature.)

There are three constants that you’ll need to edit: ROOT, APP_DIR, and CAKE_CORE_INCLUDE_PATH.

• ROOT should be set to the path of the directory that contains your app folder.

• APP_DIR should be set to the (base)name of your app folder.

• CAKE_CORE_INCLUDE_PATH should be set to the path of your CakePHP libraries folder.

30 Chapter 2. Installation

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Let’s run through an example so you can see what an advanced installation might look like in practice.

Imagine that I wanted to set up CakePHP to work as follows:

• The CakePHP core libraries will be placed in /usr/lib/cake.

• My application’s webroot directory will be /var/www/mysite/.

• My application’s app directory will be /home/me/myapp.

Given this type of setup, I would need to edit my webroot/index.php file (which will end up at

/var/www/mysite/index.php, in this example) to look like the following:

// /app/webroot/index.php (partial, comments removed)

( !

defined ( ’ROOT’ )) { define ( ’ROOT’ , DS .

’home’ .

DS .

’me’ );

}

( !

defined ( ’APP_DIR’ )) { define ( ’APP_DIR’ , ’myapp’ );

}

( !

defined ( ’CAKE_CORE_INCLUDE_PATH’ )) { define ( ’CAKE_CORE_INCLUDE_PATH’ , DS .

’usr’ .

DS .

’lib’ );

}

It is recommended to use the DS constant rather than slashes to delimit file paths. This prevents any missing file errors you might get as a result of using the wrong delimiter, and it makes your code more portable.

Apache and mod_rewrite (and .htaccess)

This section was moved to URL rewriting.

URL Rewriting

Apache and mod_rewrite (and .htaccess)

While CakePHP is built to work with mod_rewrite out of the box–and usually does–we’ve noticed that a few users struggle with getting everything to play nicely on their systems.

Here are a few things you might try to get it running correctly. First look at your httpd.conf (Make sure you are editing the system httpd.conf rather than a user- or site-specific httpd.conf).

1. Make sure that an .htaccess override is allowed and that AllowOverride is set to All for the correct

DocumentRoot. You should see something similar to:

# Each directory to which Apache has access can be configured with respect

# to which services and features are allowed and/or disabled in that

# directory (and its subdirectories).

# First, we configure the "default" to be a very restrictive set of

# features.

Advanced Installation and URL Rewriting 31

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

< Directory />

Options FollowSymLinks

AllowOverride All

Order deny,allow

Deny from all

</ Directory >

2. Make sure you are loading up mod_rewrite correctly. You should see something like:

LoadModule rewrite_module libexec / apache2 / mod_rewrite .

In many systems these will be commented out (by being prepended with a #) by default, so you may just need to remove those leading # symbols.

After you make changes, restart Apache to make sure the settings are active.

Verify that you your .htaccess files are actually in the right directories.

This can happen during copying because some operating systems treat files that start with ‘.’ as hidden and therefore won’t see them to copy.

3. Make sure your copy of CakePHP is from the downloads section of the site or our GIT repository, and has been unpacked correctly by checking for .htaccess files.

Cake root directory (needs to be copied to your document, this redirects everything to your Cake app):

< IfModule mod_rewrite .

c >

RewriteEngine on

RewriteRule

</ IfModule >

^ $ app / webroot / [L]

( .* ) app / webroot / $ 1 [L]

Cake app directory (will be copied to the top directory of your application by bake):

< IfModule mod_rewrite .

c >

RewriteEngine on

RewriteRule ^ $ webroot /

RewriteRule

</ IfModule >

( .* ) webroot / $ 1

[L]

Cake webroot directory (will be copied to your application’s web root by bake):

< IfModule mod_rewrite .

c >

RewriteEngine On

RewriteCond % {REQUEST_FILENAME} !d

RewriteCond % {REQUEST_FILENAME} !f

RewriteRule ^ ( .* ) $ index .

php [QSA,L]

</ IfModule >

If your CakePHP site still has problems with mod_rewrite you might want to try and modify settings for virtualhosts. If on ubuntu, edit the file /etc/apache2/sites-available/default (location is distribution dependent). In this file, ensure that AllowOverride None is changed to AllowOverride

All

, so you have:

Chapter 2. Installation

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

< Directory />

Options FollowSymLinks

AllowOverride All

</ Directory >

< Directory /

var

/ www >

Options Indexes FollowSymLinks MultiViews

AllowOverride All

Order Allow,Deny

Allow from all

</ Directory >

If on Mac OSX, another solution is to use the tool virtualhostx to make a virtual host to point to your folder.

This can be added to the same section with the RewriteEngine directive, so for example your webroot

.htaccess file would look like:

< IfModule mod_rewrite .

c >

RewriteEngine On

RewriteBase / path / to / cake / app

RewriteCond % {REQUEST_FILENAME} !d

RewriteCond % {REQUEST_FILENAME} !f

RewriteRule ^ ( .* ) $ index .

php [QSA,L]

</ IfModule >

The details of those changes will depend on your setup, and can include additional things that are not

Cake related. Please refer to Apache’s online documentation for more information.

Pretty URLs on nginx

PHP running as a FastCGI instance.

server { listen 80 ; server_name www .

example .

com; rewrite ^ ( .* ) http :// example .

com $ 1 permanent;

} server { listen 80 ; server_name example .

com;

# root directive should be global

Advanced Installation and URL Rewriting 33

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

} root /

var

/ www / example .

com /

public

/ app / webroot / ; index index .

php; access_log /

var

/ www / example .

com / log / access .

log ; error_log /

var

/ www / example .

com / log / error .

log ; location / { try_files $uri $uri / / index .

php ?

$uri & $args ;

} location ~ \ .

php $ { try_files $uri = 404 ;

include

/ etc / nginx / fastcgi_params; fastcgi_pass 127.0

0.1

: 9000 ; fastcgi_index index .

php; fastcgi_param SCRIPT_FILENAME $document_root$fastcgi_script_name ;

}

URL Rewrites on IIS7 (Windows hosts)

1. Use Microsoft’s Web Platform Installer (http://www.microsoft.com/web/downloads/platform.aspx) to install the URL Rewrite Module 2.0

(http://www.iis.net/downloads/microsoft/url-rewrite) or download it directly ( 32-bit (http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=5747) / 64-bit

(http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=7435)).

2. Create a new file in your CakePHP root folder, called web.config.

3. Using Notepad or any XML-safe editor and copy the following code into your new web.config file...

xml version = "1.0" encoding = "UTF-8" ?>

<system.webServer>

<rules>

</rule>

</conditions>

</rule>

34 Chapter 2. Installation

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

</rule>

</rule>

</conditions>

</rule>

</rules>

</rewrite>

</system.webServer>

</configuration>

Once the web.config file is created with the correct IIS-friendly rewrite rules, CakePHP’s links, css, js, and rerouting should work correctly.

I don’t / can’t use URL rewriting

If you don’t want to or can’t use URL rewriting on your webserver, refer to the

core configuration .

Fire It Up

Alright, let’s see CakePHP in action. Depending on which setup you used, you should point your browser to http://example.com/ or http://example.com/cake_install/ . At this point, you’ll be presented with CakePHP’s default home, and a message that tells you the status of your current database connection.

Congratulations! You are ready to

create your first CakePHP application .

Not working?

If you’re getting timezone related error from PHP uncomment one line in app/Config/core.php

/**

* Uncomment this line and correct your server timezone to fix

* any date & time related errors.

*/ date_default_timezone_set( ’UTC’ );

Fire It Up 35

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

36 Chapter 2. Installation

CHAPTER 3

CakePHP Overview

Welcome to the Cookbook, the manual for the CakePHP web application framework that makes developing a piece of cake!

This manual assumes that you have a general understanding of PHP and a basic understanding of objectoriented programming (OOP). Different functionality within the framework makes use of different technologies – such as SQL, JavaScript, and XML – and this manual does not attempt to explain those technologies, only how they are used in context.

What is CakePHP? Why Use it?

CakePHP (http://www.cakephp.org/) is a free (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MIT_License), open-source ment

(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Open_source),

(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rapid_application_development) rapid developframework

(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Application_framework) for PHP (http://www.php.net/).

It’s a foundational structure for programmers to create web applications. Our primary goal is to enable you to work in a structured and rapid manner–without loss of flexibility.

CakePHP takes the monotony out of web development. We provide you with all the tools you need to get started coding what you really need to get done: the logic specific to your application. Instead of reinventing the wheel every time you sit down to a new project, check out a copy of CakePHP and get started with the real guts of your application.

CakePHP has an active developer team (https://github.com/cakephp?tab=members) and community, bringing great value to the project. In addition to keeping you from wheel-reinventing, using CakePHP means your application’s core is well tested and is being constantly improved.

Here’s a quick list of features you’ll enjoy when using CakePHP:

• Active, friendly community (http://cakephp.org/feeds)

• Flexible licensing (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MIT_License)

• Compatible with versions PHP 5.2.8 and greater.

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

• Integrated CRUD (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Create,_read,_update_and_delete) for database interaction.

• Application scaffolding (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scaffold_(programming)).

• Code generation.

• MVC (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Model-view-controller) architecture.

• Request dispatcher with clean, custom URLs and routes.

• Built-in validation (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Data_validation).

• Fast and flexible templating (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Web_template_system) (PHP syntax, with helpers).

• View Helpers for AJAX, JavaScript, HTML Forms and more.

• Email, Cookie, Security, Session, and Request Handling Components.

• Flexible ACL (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Access_control_list).

• Data Sanitization.

• Flexible Caching (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Web_cache).

• Localization.

• Works from any web site directory, with little to no Apache (http://httpd.apache.org/) configuration involved.

Understanding Model-View-Controller

CakePHP follows the MVC (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Model-view-controller) software design pattern.

Programming using MVC separates your application into three main parts:

The Model layer

The Model layer represents the part of your application that implements the business logic. It is responsible for retrieving data and converting it into meaningful concepts for your application. This includes processing, validating, associating or other tasks related to handling data.

At a first glance, Model objects can be looked at as the first layer of interaction with any database you might be using for your application. But in general they stand for the major concepts around which you implement your application.

In the case of a social network, the Model layer would take care of tasks such as Saving the user data, saving friends associations, storing and retrieving user photos, finding new friends for suggestions, etc. While the model objects can be thought as “Friend”, “User”, “Comment”, or “Photo”.

38 Chapter 3. CakePHP Overview

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

The View layer

The View renders a presentation of modeled data. Being separated from the Model objects, it is responsible for using the information it has available to produce any presentational interface your application might need.

For example, as the Model layer returns a set of data, the view would use it to render a HTML page containing it. Or a XML formatted result for others to consume.

The View layer is not only limited to HTML or text representation of the data, it can be used to deliver a wide variety of formats depending on your needs, such as videos, music, documents and any other format you can think of.

The Controller layer

The Controller layer handles requests from users. It’s responsible for rendering back a response with the aid of both the Model and the View Layer.

Controllers can be seen as managers taking care that all needed resources for completing a task are delegated to the correct workers. It waits for petitions from clients, checks their validity according to authentication or authorization rules, delegates data fetching or processing to the model, and selects the correct type of presentational data that the client is accepting, to finally delegate this rendering process to the View layer.

CakePHP request cycle

Figure: 1: A typical MVC Request in CakePHP

The typical CakePHP request cycle starts with a user requesting a page or resource in your application. This request is first processed by a dispatcher which will select the correct controller object to handle it.

Once the request arrives at the controller, it will communicate with the Model layer to process any data fetching or saving operation that might be needed. After this communication is over, the controller will

Understanding Model-View-Controller 39

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

proceed at delegating to the correct view object the task of generating an output resulting from the data provided by the model.

Finally, when this output is generated, it is immediately rendered to the user

Almost every request to your application will follow this basic pattern. We’ll add some details later on which are specific to CakePHP, so keep this in mind as we proceed.

Benefits

Why use MVC? Because it is a tried and true software design pattern that turns an application into a maintainable, modular, rapidly developed package. Crafting application tasks into separate models, views, and controllers makes your application very light on its feet. New features are easily added, and new faces on old features are a snap. The modular and separate design also allows developers and designers to work simultaneously, including the ability to rapidly prototype (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Software_prototyping).

Separation also allows developers to make changes in one part of the application without affecting the others.

If you’ve never built an application this way, it takes some time getting used to, but we’re confident that once you’ve built your first application using CakePHP, you won’t want to do it any other way.

To get started on your first CakePHP application,

try the blog tutorial now

Where to Get Help

The Official CakePHP website

http://www.cakephp.org

The Official CakePHP website is always a great place to visit. It features links to oft-used developer tools, screencasts, donation opportunities, and downloads.

The Cookbook

http://book.cakephp.org

This manual should probably be the first place you go to get answers. As with many other open source projects, we get new folks regularly. Try your best to answer your questions on your own first. Answers may come slower, but will remain longer – and you’ll also be lightening our support load. Both the manual and the API have an online component.

The Bakery

http://bakery.cakephp.org

The CakePHP Bakery is a clearing house for all things CakePHP. Check it out for tutorials, case studies, and code examples. Once you’re acquainted with CakePHP, log on and share your knowledge with the community and gain instant fame and fortune.

40 Chapter 3. CakePHP Overview

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

The API

http://api20.cakephp.org/

Straight to the point and straight from the core developers, the CakePHP API (Application Programming

Interface) is the most comprehensive documentation around for all the nitty gritty details of the internal workings of the framework. It’s a straight forward code reference, so bring your propeller hat.

The Test Cases

If you ever feel the information provided in the API is not sufficient, check out the code of the test cases provided with CakePHP. They can serve as practical examples for function and data member usage for a class.: lib / Cake / Test /

Case

The IRC channel

IRC Channels on irc.freenode.net:

• #cakephp – General Discussion

• #cakephp-docs – Documentation

• #cakephp-bakery – Bakery

If you’re stumped, give us a holler in the CakePHP IRC channel. Someone from the development team

(https://github.com/cakephp?tab=members) is usually there, especially during the daylight hours for North and South America users. We’d love to hear from you, whether you need some help, want to find users in your area, or would like to donate your brand new sports car.

The Google Group

http://groups.google.com/group/cake-php

CakePHP also has a very active Google Group. It can be a great resource for finding archived answers, frequently asked questions, and getting answers to immediate problems.

CakePHP Questions

http://ask.cakephp.org/

Simply register/login and ask a question. Wait until you’ve got some answers and pick the correct answer.

You can view, comment and vote on previously asked and solved questions as well.

Where to Get Help 41

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

42 Chapter 3. CakePHP Overview

CHAPTER 4

Controllers

Controllers are the ‘C’ in MVC. After routing has been applied and the correct controller has been found, your controller’s action is called. Your controller should handle interpreting the request data, making sure the correct models are called, and the right response or view is rendered. Controllers can be thought of as middle man between the Model and View. You want to keep your controllers thin, and your models fat. This will help you more easily reuse your code and makes your code easier to test.

Commonly, controllers are used to manage the logic around a single model. For example, if you were building a site for an on-line bakery, you might have a RecipesController and an IngredientsController managing your recipes and their ingredients. In CakePHP, controllers are named after the primary model they handle. It’s totally possible to have controllers work with more than one model as well.

Your application’s controllers extend

AppController class, which in turn extends the core

Controller

class.

The AppController class can be defined in

/app/Controller/AppController.php

and it should contain methods that are shared between all of your application’s controllers.

Controllers provide a number of methods which are called actions. Actions are methods on a controller that handle requests. By default all public methods on a controller are an action, and accessible from a url.

Actions are responsible for interpreting the request and creating the response. Usually responses are in the form of a rendered view, but there are other ways to create responses as well.

The App Controller

As stated in the introduction, the AppController class is the parent class to all of your application’s controllers. AppController itself extends the Controller class included in the CakePHP core library. As such,

AppController is defined in /app/Controller/AppController.php like so:

class AppController extends

Controller {

}

Controller attributes and methods created in your AppController will be available to all of your application’s controllers. It is the ideal place to create code that is common to all of your controllers. Components (which you’ll learn about later) are best used for code that is used in many (but not necessarily all) controllers.

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

While normal object-oriented inheritance rules apply, CakePHP does a bit of extra work when it comes to special controller attributes. The list of components and helpers used by a controller are treated specially.

In these cases, AppController value arrays are merged with child controller class arrays. The values in the child class will always override those in AppController.

Note: CakePHP merges the following variables from the AppController to your application’s controllers:

• $components

• $helpers

• $uses

Remember to add the default Html and Form helpers, if you define var $helpers in your AppController

Please also remember to call AppController’s callbacks within child controller callbacks for best results:

public function

beforeFilter () {

parent

:: beforeFilter ();

}

Request parameters

When a request is made to a CakePHP application, CakePHP’s

Router

and Dispatcher classes use

Routes Configuration

to find and create the correct controller. The request data is encapsulated into a request object. CakePHP puts all of the important request information into the $this->request property. See the section on

CakeRequest

for more information on the CakePHP request object.

Controller actions

Controller actions are responsible for converting the request parameters into a response for the browser/user making the request. CakePHP uses conventions to automate this process and remove some boiler-plate code you would otherwise need to write.

By convention CakePHP renders a view with an inflected version of the action name. Returning to our online bakery example, our RecipesController might contain the view(), share(), and search() actions.

The controller would be found in /app/Controller/RecipesController.php and contain:

# /app/Controller/RecipesController.php

class RecipesController extends

AppController {

public function

view ( $id ) {

//action logic goes here..

}

public function

share ( $customerId , $recipeId ) {

//action logic goes here..

}

44 Chapter 4. Controllers

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

public function

search ( $query ) {

//action logic goes here..

}

The view files for these actions would be app/View/Recipes/view.ctp

, app/View/Recipes/share.ctp

, and app/View/Recipes/search.ctp.

The conventional view file name is the lower cased and underscored version of the action name.

Controller actions generally use

set()

to create a context that

View

uses to render the view. Because of the conventions that CakePHP uses, you don’t need to create and render the view manually. Instead once a controller action has completed, CakePHP will handle rendering and delivering the View.

If for some reason you’d like to skip the default behavior. Both of the following techniques will by-pass the default view rendering behavior.

• If you return a string, or an object that can be converted to a string from your controller action, it will be used as the response body.

• You can return a

CakeResponse

object with the completely created response.

When controller methods are used with

requestAction()

you will often want to return data that isn’t a string. If you have controller methods that are used for normal web requests + requestAction you should check the request type before returning:

class RecipesController extends

AppController {

public function

popular () {

$popular = $this -> Recipe -> popular ();

( !

empty

( $this -> request -> params [ ’requested’ ])) {

return

$popular ;

}

$this -> set ( ’popular’ , $popular );

}

The above controller action is an example of how a method can be used with requestAction() and normal requests.

Returning an array data to a non-requestAction request will cause errors and should be avoided. See the section on

Controller::requestAction()

for more tips on using requestAction()

In order for you to use a controller effectively in your own application, we’ll cover some of the core attributes and methods provided by CakePHP’s controllers.

Request Life-cycle callbacks

class Controller

CakePHP controllers come fitted with callbacks you can use to insert logic around the request life-cycle:

Controller::beforeFilter()

This function is executed before every action in the controller. It’s a handy place to check for an active session or inspect user permissions.

Request Life-cycle callbacks 45

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Note: The beforeFilter() method will be called for missing actions, and scaffolded actions.

Controller::beforeRender()

Called after controller action logic, but before the view is rendered. This callback is not used often, but may be needed if you are calling render() manually before the end of a given action.

Controller::afterFilter()

Called after every controller action, and after rendering is complete. This is the last controller method to run.

In addition to controller life-cycle callbacks,

Components

also provide a similar set of callbacks.

Controller Methods

For a complete list of controller methods and their descriptions visit the CakePHP API. Check out http://api20.cakephp.org/class/controller .

Interacting with Views

Controllers interact with the view in a number of ways. First they are able to pass data to the views, using set()

. You can also decide which view class to use, and which view file should be rendered from the controller.

Controller::set( string $var , mixed $value)

The set() method is the main way to send data from your controller to your view. Once you’ve used set(), the variable can be accessed in your view:

// First you pass data from the controller:

$this -> set ( ’color’ , ’pink’ );

// Then, in the view, you can utilize the data:

You have selected <?php echo $color ; ?> icing for the cake.

The set() method also takes an associative array as its first parameter. This can often be a quick way to assign a set of information to the view. Changed in version 1.3: Array keys will no longer be inflected before they are assigned to the view (‘underscored_key’ does not become ‘underscoredKey’ anymore, etc.):

$data =

array

(

’color’ => ’pink’ ,

’type’ => ’sugar’ ,

’base_price’ => 23.95

);

// make $color, $type, and $base_price

46 Chapter 4. Controllers

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

// available to the view:

$this -> set ( $data );

The attribute $pageTitle no longer exists, use set() to set the title:

$this -> set ( ’title_for_layout’ , ’This is the page title’ );

Controller::render( string $view , string $layout)

The render() method is automatically called at the end of each requested controller action. This method performs all the view logic (using the data you’ve given in using the set() method), places the view inside its layout and serves it back to the end user.

The default view file used by render is determined by convention. If the search() action of the

RecipesController is requested, the view file in /app/View/Recipes/search.ctp will be rendered:

class RecipesController extends

AppController {

// ...

public function

search () {

// Render the view in /View/Recipes/search.ctp

$this -> render ();

}

// ...

}

Although CakePHP will automatically call it (unless you’ve set $this->autoRender to false) after every action’s logic, you can use it to specify an alternate view file by specifying an action name in the controller using $action.

If $view starts with ‘/’ it is assumed to be a view or element file relative to the /app/View folder.

This allows direct rendering of elements, very useful in ajax calls.

// Render the element in /View/Elements/ajaxreturn.ctp

$this -> render ( ’/Elements/ajaxreturn’ );

The $layout parameter allows you to specify the layout the view is rendered in.

Rendering a specific view

In your controller you may want to render a different view than what would conventionally be done. You can do this by calling render() directly. Once you have called render() CakePHP will not try to re-render the view:

class PostsController extends

AppController {

public function

my_action () {

$this -> render ( ’custom_file’ );

}

This would render app/View/Posts/custom_file.ctp

app/View/Posts/my_action.ctp

instead of

Controller Methods 47

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Flow Control

Controller::redirect( mixed $url , integer $status, boolean $exit)

The flow control method you’ll use most often is redirect(). This method takes its first parameter in the form of a CakePHP-relative URL. When a user has successfully placed an order, you might wish to redirect them to a receipt screen.:

public function

place_order () {

// Logic for finalizing order goes here

( $success ) {

$this -> redirect (

array

( ’controller’ => ’orders’ , ’action’ => ’thanks’ ));

}

else

{

$this -> redirect (

array

( ’controller’ => ’orders’ , ’action’ => ’confirm’ ));

}

You can also use a relative or absolute URL as the $url argument:

$this -> redirect ( ’/orders/thanks’ ));

$this -> redirect ( ’http://www.example.com’ );

You can also pass data to the action:

$this -> redirect (

array

( ’action’ => ’edit’ , $id ));

The second parameter of redirect() allows you to define an HTTP status code to accompany the redirect. You may want to use 301 (moved permanently) or 303 (see other), depending on the nature of the redirect.

The method will issue an exit() after the redirect unless you set the third parameter to false.

If you need to redirect to the referer page you can use:

$this -> redirect ( $this -> referer ());

The method also supports name based parameters.

If you want to redirect to a URL like: http://www.example.com/orders/confirm/product:pizza/quantity:5 you can use:

$this -> redirect (

array

( ’controller’ => ’orders’ , ’action’ => ’confirm’ , ’product’ => ’pizza’ , ’quantity’ => 5 ));

Controller::flash( string $message

, string|array $url, integer $pause, string $layout)

Like redirect(), the flash() method is used to direct a user to a new page after an operation.

The flash() method is different in that it shows a message before passing the user on to another

URL.

The first parameter should hold the message to be displayed, and the second parameter is a CakePHPrelative URL. CakePHP will display the $message for $pause seconds before forwarding the user on.

If there’s a particular template you’d like your flashed message to use, you may specify the name of that layout in the $layout parameter.

For in-page flash messages, be sure to check out SessionComponent’s setFlash() method.

48 Chapter 4. Controllers

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Callbacks

In addition to the

Request Life-cycle callbacks . CakePHP also supports callbacks related to scaffolding.

Controller::beforeScaffold(

$method)

$method name of method called example index, edit, etc.

Controller::afterScaffoldSave(

$method)

$method name of method called either edit or update.

Controller::afterScaffoldSaveError(

$method)

$method name of method called either edit or update.

Controller::scaffoldError(

$method)

$method name of method called example index, edit, etc.

Other Useful Methods

Controller::constructClasses()

This method loads the models required by the controller. This loading process is done by CakePHP normally, but this method is handy to have when accessing controllers from a different perspective. If you need CakePHP in a command-line script or some other outside use, constructClasses() may come in handy.

Controller::referer( mixed $default = null , boolean $local = false)

Returns the referring URL for the current request. Parameter $default can be used to supply a default URL to use if HTTP_REFERER cannot be read from headers. So, instead of doing this:

class UserController extends

AppController {

public function

delete ( $id ) {

// delete code goes here, and then...

( $this -> referer () != ’/’ ) {

$this -> redirect ( $this -> referer ());

}

else

{

$this -> redirect (

array

( ’action’ => ’index’ ));

}

} you can do this:

class UserController extends

AppController {

public function

delete ( $id ) {

// delete code goes here, and then...

$this -> redirect ( $this -> referer (

array

( ’action’ => ’index’ )));

}

If $default is not set, the function defaults to the root of your domain - ‘/’.

Parameter $local if set to true, restricts referring URLs to local server.

Controller Methods 49

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Controller::disableCache()

Used to tell the user’s browser not to cache the results of the current request. This is different than view caching, covered in a later chapter.

The headers sent to this effect are:

Expires : Mon, 26 Jul 1997 05 : 00 : 00 GMT

Last Modified : [ current datetime] GMT

Cache Control : no store, no cache, must revalidate

Cache Control : post check = 0 , pre check = 0

Pragma : no cache

Controller::postConditions( array $data , mixed $op, string $bool, boolean $exclusive)

Use this method to turn a set of POSTed model data (from HtmlHelper-compatible inputs) into a set of find conditions for a model. This function offers a quick shortcut on building search logic. For example, an administrative user may want to be able to search orders in order to know which items need to be shipped. You can use CakePHP’s

FormHelper

and

HtmlHelper

to create a quick form based on the Order model. Then a controller action can use the data posted from that form to craft find conditions:

public function

index () {

$conditions = $this -> postConditions ( $this -> request -> data );

$orders = $this -> Order -> find ( ’all’ , compact ( ’conditions’ ));

$this -> set ( ’orders’ , $orders );

}

If $this->request->data[’Order’][’destination’] equals “Old Towne Bakery”, postConditions converts that condition to an array compatible for use in a Model->find() method.

In this case, array(’Order.destination’ => ’Old Towne Bakery’).

If you want to use a different SQL operator between terms, supply them using the second parameter:

Contents of $this->request->data array(

’Order’ => array(

’num_items’ => ’4’,

’referrer’ => ’Ye Olde’

)

// Let’s get orders that have at least 4 items and contain ’Ye Olde’

$conditions = $this -> postConditions (

$this -> request -> data ,

array

(

’num_items’ => ’>=’ ,

’referrer’ => ’LIKE’

)

);

$orders = $this -> Order -> find ( ’all’ , compact ( ’conditions’ ));

The third parameter allows you to tell CakePHP what SQL boolean operator to use between the find conditions. Strings like ‘AND’, ‘OR’ and ‘XOR’ are all valid values.

50 Chapter 4. Controllers

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Finally, if the last parameter is set to true, and the $op parameter is an array, fields not included in $op will not be included in the returned conditions.

Controller::paginate()

This method is used for paginating results fetched by your models. You can specify page sizes, model find conditions and more. See the

pagination

section for more details on how to use paginate.

Controller::requestAction( string $url , array $options)

This function calls a controller’s action from any location and returns data from the action. The $url passed is a CakePHP-relative URL (/controllername/actionname/params). To pass extra data to the receiving controller action add to the $options array.

Note: You can use requestAction() to retrieve a fully rendered view by passing ‘return’ in the options: requestAction($url, array(’return’));. It is important to note that making a requestAction using ‘return’ from a controller method can cause script and css tags to not work correctly.

Warning: If used without caching requestAction can lead to poor performance. It is rarely appropriate to use in a controller or model.

requestAction is best used in conjunction with (cached) elements – as a way to fetch data for an element before rendering. Let’s use the example of putting a “latest comments” element in the layout.

First we need to create a controller function that will return the data:

// Controller/CommentsController.php

class CommentsController extends

AppController {

public function

latest () {

(

empty

( $this -> request -> params [ ’requested’ ])) {

throw new

ForbiddenException();

}

return

$this -> Comment -> find ( ’all’ ,

array

( ’order’ => ’Comment.created DESC’ , ’limit’ => 10 ));

}

You should always include checks to make sure your requestAction methods are actually originating from requestAction. Failing to do so will allow requestAction methods to be directly accessible from a URL, which is generally undesirable.

If we now create a simple element to call that function:

// View/Elements/latest_comments.ctp

$comments = $this -> requestAction ( ’/comments/latest’ );

foreach

( $comments

$comment ) {

echo

$comment [ ’Comment’ ][ ’title’ ];

}

We can then place that element anywhere to get the output using:

echo

$this -> element ( ’latest_comments’ );

Controller Methods 51

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Written in this way, whenever the element is rendered, a request will be made to the controller to get the data, the data will be processed, and returned. However in accordance with the warning above it’s best to make use of element caching to prevent needless processing. By modifying the call to element to look like this:

echo

$this -> element ( ’latest_comments’ ,

array

( ’cache’ => ’+1 hour’ ));

The requestAction call will not be made while the cached element view file exists and is valid.

In addition, requestAction now takes array based cake style urls:

echo

$this -> requestAction (

array

( ’controller’ => ’articles’ , ’action’ => ’featured’ ),

array

( ’return’ )

);

This allows the requestAction call to bypass the usage of Router::url which can increase performance.

The url based arrays are the same as the ones that

HtmlHelper::link()

uses with one difference

- if you are using named or passed parameters, you must put them in a second array and wrap them with the correct key. This is because requestAction merges the named args array (requestAction’s 2nd parameter) with the Controller::params member array and does not explicitly place the named args array into the key ‘named’; Additional members in the $option array will also be made available in the requested action’s Controller::params array:

echo

$this -> requestAction ( ’/articles/featured/limit:3’ );

echo

$this -> requestAction ( ’/articles/view/5’ );

As an array in the requestAction would then be:

echo

$this -> requestAction (

array

( ’controller’ => ’articles’ , ’action’ => ’featured’ ),

array

( ’named’ =>

array

( ’limit’ => 3 ))

);

echo

$this -> requestAction (

array

( ’controller’ => ’articles’ , ’action’ => ’view’ ),

array

( ’pass’ =>

array

( 5 ))

);

Note: Unlike other places where array urls are analogous to string urls, requestAction treats them differently.

When using an array url in conjunction with requestAction() you must specify all parameters that you will need in the requested action. This includes parameters like $this->request->data. In addition to passing all required parameters, named and pass parameters must be done in the second array as seen above.

Controller::loadModel( string $modelClass , mixed $id)

The loadModel function comes handy when you need to use a model which is not the controller’s default model or its associated model:

52 Chapter 4. Controllers

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

$this -> loadModel ( ’Article’ );

$recentArticles = $this -> Article -> find ( ’all’ ,

array

( ’limit’ => 5 , ’order’ => ’Article.created DESC’ ));

$this -> loadModel ( ’User’ , 2 );

$user = $this -> User -> read ();

Controller Attributes

For a complete list of controller attributes and their descriptions visit the CakePHP API. Check out http://api20.cakephp.org/class/controller .

property Controller::$name

The $name attribute should be set to the name of the controller. Usually this is just the plural form of the primary model the controller uses. This property is not required, but saves CakePHP from inflecting it:

// $name controller attribute usage example

class RecipesController extends

AppController {

public

$name = ’Recipes’ ;

}

$components, $helpers and $uses

The next most often used controller attributes tell CakePHP what helpers, components, and models you’ll be using in conjunction with the current controller.

Using these attributes make

MVC classes given by $components and $uses available to the controller as class variables

($this->ModelName, for example) and those given by $helpers to the view as an object reference variable ($this->{$helpername}).

Note: Each controller has some of these classes available by default, so you may not need to configure your controller at all.

property Controller::$uses

Controllers have access to their primary model available by default. Our RecipesController will have the Recipe model class available at $this->Recipe, and our ProductsController also features the

Product model at $this->Product. However, when allowing a controller to access additional models through the $uses variable, the name of the current controller’s model must also be included.

This is illustrated in the example below.

If you do not wish to use a Model in your controller, set public $uses = array(). This will allow you to use a controller without a need for a corresponding Model file. However, the models defined in the AppController will still be loaded. You can also use false to not load any models at all. Even those defined in the AppController Changed in version 2.1: Uses now has a new default value, it also handles false differently.

property Controller::$helpers

The Html, Form, and Session Helpers are available by default, as is the SessionComponent. But if you

Controller Attributes 53

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

choose to define your own $helpers array in AppController, make sure to include Html and Form if you want them still available by default in your Controllers. To learn more about these classes, be sure to check out their respective sections later in this manual.

Let’s look at how to tell a CakePHP controller that you plan to use additional MVC classes:

class RecipesController extends

AppController {

public

$uses =

array

( ’Recipe’ , ’User’ );

public

$helpers =

array

( ’Js’ );

public

$components =

array

( ’RequestHandler’ );

}

Each of these variables are merged with their inherited values, therefore it is not necessary (for example) to redeclare the Form helper, or anything that is declared in your App controller.

property Controller::$components

The components array allows you to set which

Components

a controller will use. Like $helpers and $uses components in your controllers are merged with those in AppController. As with

$helpers you can pass settings into components. See

Configuring Components

for more information.

Other Attributes

While you can check out the details for all controller attributes in the API, there are other controller attributes that merit their own sections in the manual.

Request and Response objects

New in CakePHP 2.0 are request and response objects. In previous versions these objects were represented through arrays, and the related methods were spread across

RequestHandlerComponent

Router

Dispatcher and

Controller

. There was no authoritative object on what information the request

contained. For 2.0,

CakeRequest

and

CakeResponse

are used for this purpose.

CakeRequest

is the default request object used in CakePHP. It centralizes a number of features for interrogating and interacting with request data. On each request one CakeRequest is created and then passed by reference to the various layers of an application that use request data. By default CakeRequest is assigned to $this->request, and is available in Controller, Views and Helpers. You can also access it in Components by using the controller reference. Some of the duties CakeRequest performs include:

• Process the GET, POST, and FILES arrays into the data structures you are familiar with.

• Provide environment introspection pertaining to the request. Things like the headers sent, the client’s

IP address, and the subdomain/domain information about the application the server is running on.

54 Chapter 4. Controllers

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

• Provide access to request parameters both as array indices and object properties.

Accessing request parameters

CakeRequest exposes several interfaces for accessing request parameters. The first is as object properties, the second is array indexes, and the third is through $this->request->params:

$this -> request -> controller ;

$this -> request [ ’controller’ ];

$this -> request -> params [ ’controller’ ];

All of the above will both access the same value. Multiple ways of accessing the parameters was done to ease migration for existing applications. All

Route elements

are accessed through this interface.

In addition to

Route elements

you also often need access to

Passed arguments

and

Named parameters . These

are both available on the request object as well:

// Passed arguments

$this -> request -> pass ;

$this -> request [ ’pass’ ];

$this -> request -> params [ ’pass’ ];

// named parameters

$this -> request -> named ;

$this -> request [ ’named’ ];

$this -> request -> params [ ’named’ ];

Will all provide you access to the passed arguments and named parameters. There are several important/useful parameters that CakePHP uses internally, these are also all found in the request parameters:

• plugin The plugin handling the request, will be null for no plugin.

• controller The controller handling the current request.

• action The action handling the current request.

• prefix The prefix for the current action. See

Prefix Routing

for more information.

• bare Present when the request came from requestAction() and included the bare option. Bare requests do not have layouts rendered.

• requested Present and set to true when the action came from requestAction.

Accessing Querystring parameters

Querystring parameters can be read from using

CakeRequest::$query

// url is /posts/index?page=1&sort=title

$this -> request -> query [ ’page’ ];

// You can also access it via array access

$this -> request [ ’url’ ][ ’page’ ]; // BC accessor, will be deprecated in future versions

More on controllers 55

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

You can either directly access the query property, or you can use

CakeRequest::query()

to read the url query array in an error free manner. Any keys that do not exist will return null:

$foo = $this -> request -> query ( ’value_that_does_not_exist’ );

// $foo === null

Accessing POST data

All POST data can be accessed using

CakeRequest::$data

. Any form data that contains a data

prefix, will have that data prefix removed. For example:

// An input with a name attribute equal to ’data[MyModel][title]’ is accessible at

$this -> request -> data [ ’MyModel’ ][ ’title’ ];

You can either directly access the data property, or you can use

CakeRequest::data()

to read the data array in an error free manner. Any keys that do not exist will return null:

$foo = $this -> request -> data ( ’Value.that.does.not.exist’ );

// $foo == null

Accessing PUT or POST data

New in version 2.2. When building REST services you often accept request data on PUT and DELETE requests. As of 2.2 any application/x-www-form-urlencoded request body data will automatically be parsed and set to $this->data for PUT and DELETE requests. If you are accepting JSON or XML data, see below for how you can access those request bodies.

Accessing XML or JSON data

Applications employing

REST

often exchange data in non URL encoded post bodies. You can read input data in any format using

CakeRequest::input()

. By providing a decoding function you can receive

the content in a deserialized format:

// Get JSON encoded data submitted to a PUT/POST action

$data = $this -> request -> input ( ’json_decode’ );

Since some deserializing methods require additional parameters when being called, such as the ‘as array’ parameter on json_decode or if you want XML converted into a DOMDocument object,

CakeRequest::input()

supports passing in additional parameters as well:

// Get Xml encoded data submitted to a PUT/POST action

$data = $this -> request -> input ( ’Xml::build’ ,

array

( ’return’ => ’domdocument’ ));

Accessing path information

CakeRequest also provides useful information about the paths in your application.

CakeRequest::$base

and

CakeRequest::$webroot

are useful for generating urls, and determining whether or not your application is in a subdirectory.

56 Chapter 4. Controllers

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Inspecting the request

Detecting various request conditions used to require using

RequestHandlerComponent

. These meth-

ods have been moved to CakeRequest, and offer a new interface alongside a more backwards compatible usage:

$this -> request -> is ( ’post’ );

$this -> request -> isPost ();

Both method calls will return the same value. For the time being the methods are still available on RequestHandler, but are deprecated and still might be removed before the final release. You can also easily extend the request detectors that are available, by using

CakeRequest::addDetector()

to create new kinds of detectors. There are four different types of detectors that you can create:

• Environment value comparison - An environment value comparison, compares a value fetched from

env()

to a known value the environment value is equality checked against the provided value.

• Pattern value comparison - Pattern value comparison allows you to compare a value fetched from

env()

to a regular expression.

• Option based comparison - Option based comparisons use a list of options to create a regular expression. Subsequent calls to add an already defined options detector will merge the options.

• Callback detectors - Callback detectors allow you to provide a ‘callback’ type to handle the check.

The callback will receive the request object as its only parameter.

Some examples would be:

// Add an environment detector.

$this -> request -> addDetector ( ’post’ ,

array

( ’env’ => ’REQUEST_METHOD’ , ’value’ => ’POST’ ));

// Add a pattern value detector.

$this -> request -> addDetector ( ’iphone’ ,

array

( ’env’ => ’HTTP_USER_AGENT’ , ’pattern’ => ’/iPhone/i’ ));

// Add an option detector

$this -> request -> addDetector ( ’internalIp’ ,

array

(

’env’ => ’CLIENT_IP’ ,

’options’ =>

array

( ’192.168.0.101’ , ’192.168.0.100’ )

));

// Add a callback detector. Can either be an anonymous function or a regular callable.

$this -> request -> addDetector ( ’awesome’ ,

array

( ’callback’ =>

function

( $request ) {

}));

return

isset ( $request -> awesome );

CakeRequest also includes methods like

CakeRequest::domain() ,

CakeRequest::subdomains()

and

CakeRequest::host()

to help applications with subdomains, have a slightly easier life.

There are several built-in detectors that you can use:

• is(’get’) Check to see if the current request is a GET.

• is(’put’) Check to see if the current request is a PUT.

More on controllers 57

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

• is(’post’) Check to see if the current request is a POST.

• is(’delete’) Check to see if the current request is a DELETE.

• is(’head’) Check to see if the current request is HEAD.

• is(’options’) Check to see if the current request is OPTIONS.

• is(’ajax’) Check to see of the current request came with X-Requested-with = XmlHttpRequest.

• is(’ssl’) Check to see if the request is via SSL

• is(’flash’) Check to see if the request has a User-Agent of Flash

• is(’mobile’) Check to see if the request came from a common list of mobile agents.

CakeRequest and RequestHandlerComponent

Since many of the features CakeRequest offers used to be the realm of

RequestHandlerComponent

some rethinking was required to figure out how it still fits into the picture.

For 2.0,

RequestHandlerComponent

acts as a sugar daddy. Providing a layer of sugar on top of the utility

CakeRequest affords. Sugar like switching layout and views based on content types or ajax is the domain of

RequestHandlerComponent

. This separation of utility and sugar between the two classes lets you

more easily pick and choose what you want and what you need.

Interacting with other aspects of the request

You can use CakeRequest to introspect a variety of things about the request. Beyond the detectors, you can also find out other information from various properties and methods.

• $this->request->webroot contains the webroot directory.

• $this->request->base contains the base path.

• $this->request->here contains the full address to the current request

• $this->request->query contains the query string parameters.

CakeRequest API

class CakeRequest

CakeRequest encapsulates request parameter handling, and introspection.

CakeRequest::domain(

$tldLength = 1)

Returns the domain name your application is running on.

CakeRequest::subdomains(

$tldLength = 1)

Returns the subdomains your application is running on as an array.

CakeRequest::host()

Returns the host your application is on.

58 Chapter 4. Controllers

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

CakeRequest::method()

Returns the HTTP method the request was made with.

CakeRequest::onlyAllow( $methods)

Set allowed HTTP methods, if not matched will throw MethodNotAllowedException The 405 response will include the required ‘Allow’ header with the passed methods New in version 2.3.

CakeRequest::referer(

$local = false)

Returns the referring address for the request.

CakeRequest::clientIp( $safe = true)

Returns the current visitor’s IP address.

CakeRequest::header(

$name)

Allows you to access any of the HTTP_* headers that were used for the request:

$this -> request -> header ( ’User-Agent’ );

Would return the user agent used for the request.

CakeRequest::input(

$callback

[

, $options

]

)

Retrieve the input data for a request, and optionally pass it through a decoding function. Additional parameters for the decoding function can be passed as arguments to input().

CakeRequest::data(

$name)

Provides dot notation access to request data. Allows for reading and modification of request data, calls can be chained together as well:

// Modify some request data, so you can prepopulate some form fields.

$this -> request -> data ( ’Post.title’ , ’New post’ )

-> data ( ’Comment.1.author’ , ’Mark’ );

// You can also read out data.

$value = $this -> request -> data ( ’Post.title’ );

CakeRequest::query(

$name)

Provides dot notation access to url query data:

// url is /posts/index?page=1&sort=title

$value = $this -> request -> query ( ’page’ );

New in version 2.3.

CakeRequest::is(

$type)

Check whether or not a Request matches a certain criteria. Uses the built-in detection rules as well as any additional rules defined with

CakeRequest::addDetector() .

CakeRequest::addDetector(

$name , $options)

Add a detector to be used with is(). See

Inspecting the request

for more information.

CakeRequest::accepts(

$type = null)

Find out which content types the client accepts or check if they accept a particular type of content.

Get all types:

More on controllers 59

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

$this -> request -> accepts ();

Check for a single type:

$this -> request -> accepts ( ’application/json’ ); static CakeRequest::acceptLanguage($language = null)

Get either all the languages accepted by the client, or check if a specific language is accepted.

Get the list of accepted languages:

CakeRequest :: acceptLanguage ();

Check if a specific language is accepted:

CakeRequest :: acceptLanguage ( ’es-es’ ); property CakeRequest::$data

An array of POST data. You can use

CakeRequest::data()

to read this property in a way that suppresses notice errors.

property CakeRequest::$query

An array of query string parameters.

property CakeRequest::$params

An array of route elements and request parameters.

property CakeRequest::$here

Returns the current request uri.

property CakeRequest::$base

The base path to the application, usually / unless your application is in a subdirectory.

property CakeRequest::$webroot

The current webroot.

CakeResponse

is the default response class in CakePHP. It encapsulates a number of features and functionality for generating HTTP responses in your application. It also assists in testing, as it can be mocked/stubbed allowing you to inspect headers that will be sent. Like

CakeRequest ,

CakeResponse

consolidates a number of methods previously found on

Controller

RequestHandlerComponent

and Dispatcher. The old methods are deprecated in favour of using

CakeResponse

CakeResponse provides an interface to wrap the common response related tasks such as:

• Sending headers for redirects.

• Sending content type headers.

• Sending any header.

• Sending the response body.

60 Chapter 4. Controllers

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Changing the response class

CakePHP uses CakeResponse by default. CakeResponse is a flexible and transparent to use class. But if you need to replace it with an application specific class, you can override and replace CakeResponse with your own class. By replacing the CakeResponse used in index.php.

This will make all the controllers in your application use CustomResponse instead of

CakeResponse

You can also replace the response instance used by setting $this->response in your controllers. Overriding the response object is handy during testing, as it allows you to stub out the methods that interact with header()

. See the section on

CakeResponse and testing

for more information.

Dealing with content types

You can control the Content-Type of your application’s responses with using

CakeResponse::type()

If your application needs to deal with content types that are not built into CakeResponse, you can map those types with type() as well:

// Add a vCard type

$this -> response -> type (

array

( ’vcf’ => ’text/v-card’ ));

// Set the response Content-Type to vcard.

$this -> response -> type ( ’vcf’ );

Usually you’ll want to map additional content types in your controller’s beforeFilter callback, so you can leverage the automatic view switching features of

RequestHandlerComponent

if you are using it.

Sending files

There are times when you want to send files as responses for your requests.

Prior to version 2.3

you could use

Media Views

to accomplish that. As of 2.3 MediaView is deprecated and you can use

CakeResponse::file()

to send a file as response:

public function

sendFile ( $id ) {

$file = $this -> Attachment -> getFile ( $id );

$this -> response -> file ( $file [ ’path’ ]);

//Return reponse object to prevent controller from trying to render a view

return

$this -> response ;

}

As shown in above example as expected you have to pass the file path to the method. Cake will send proper content type header if it’s a known file type listed in CakeReponse::$_mimeTypes. You can add new types prior to calling

CakeResponse::file()

by using the

CakeResponse::type()

method.

If you want you can also force a file to be downloaded instead of being displayed in the browser by specifying the options:

$this -> response -> file ( $file [ ’path’ ],

array

( ’download’ =>

true

, ’name’ => ’foo’ ));

More on controllers 61

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Setting headers

Setting headers is done with the

CakeResponse::header()

method. It can be called with a few different parameter configurations:

// Set a single header

$this -> response -> header ( ’Location’ , ’http://example.com’ );

// Set multiple headers

$this -> response -> header (

array

( ’Location’ => ’http://example.com’ , ’X-Extra’ => ’My header’ ));

$this -> response -> header (

array

( ’WWW-Authenticate: Negotiate’ , ’Content-type: application/pdf’ ));

Setting the same header multiple times will result in overwriting the previous values, just like regular header calls. Headers are not sent when

CakeResponse::header()

is called either. They are just buffered until the response is actually sent.

Interacting with browser caching

You sometimes need to force browsers to not cache the results of a controller action.

CakeResponse::disableCache()

is intended for just that:

public function

index () {

// do something.

$this -> response -> disableCache ();

}

Warning: Using disableCache() with downloads from SSL domains while trying to send files to Internet

Explorer can result in errors.

You can also tell clients that you want them to cache responses. By using

CakeResponse::cache() :

public function

index () {

//do something

$this -> response -> cache ( ’-1 minute’ , ’+5 days’ );

}

The above would tell clients to cache the resulting response for 5 days, hopefully speeding up your visitors’ experience. cache() sets the Last-Modified value to the first argument. Expires, and Max-age are set based on the second parameter. Cache-Control is set to public as well.

Fine tuning HTTP cache

One of the best and easiest ways of speeding up your application is using HTTP cache. Under this caching model you are only required to help clients decide if they should use a cached copy of the response by setting a few headers such as modified time, response entity tag and others.

Opposed to having to code the logic for caching and for invalidating (refreshing) it once the data has changed, HTTP uses two models, expiration and validation which usually are a lot simpler than having to manage the cache yourself.

62 Chapter 4. Controllers

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Apart from using

CakeResponse::cache()

you can also use many other methods to fine tune HTTP cache headers to take advantage of browser or reverse proxy caching.

The Cache Control header

New in version 2.1. Used under the expiration model, this header contains multiple indicators which can change the way browsers or proxies use the cached content. A Cache-Control header can look like this:

Cache Control :

private

, max age = 3600 , must revalidate

CakeResponse class helps you set this header with some utility methods that will produce a final valid Cache-Control header. First of them is

CakeResponse::sharable()

method, which indicates whether a response in to be considered sharable across different users or clients or users. This method actually controls the public or private part of this header. Setting a response as private indicates that all or part of it is intended for a single user. To take advantage of shared caches it is needed to set the control directive as public

Second parameter of this method is used to specify a max-age for the cache, which is the number of seconds after which the response is no longer considered fresh.:

public function

view () {

...

// set the Cache-Control as public for 3600 seconds

$this -> response -> sharable (

true

, 3600 );

}

public function

my_data () {

...

// set the Cache-Control as private for 3600 seconds

$this -> response -> sharable (

false

, 3600 );

}

CakeResponse exposes separate methods for setting each of the components in the Cache-Control header.

The Expiration header

New in version 2.1. Also under the cache expiration model, you can set the Expires header, which according to the HTTP specification is the date/time after which the response is no longer considered fresh. This header can be set using the

CakeResponse::expires()

method:

public function

view () {

$this -> response -> expires ( ’+5 days’ );

}

This method also accepts a DateTime or any string that can be parsed by the DateTime class.

More on controllers 63

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

The Etag header

New in version 2.1. Cache validation in HTTP is often used when content is constantly changing, and asks the application to only generate the response contents if the cache is no longer fresh. Under this model, the client continues to store pages in the cache, but instead of using it directly, it asks the application every time whether the resources changed or not. This is commonly used with static resources such as images and other assets.

The Etag header (called entity tag) is string that uniquely identifies the requested resource. It is very much like the checksum of a file, caching will compare checksums to tell whether they match or not.

To actually get advantage of using this header you have to either call manually

CakeResponse::checkNotModified()

method or have the

RequestHandlerComponent

included in your controller:

public function

index () {

$articles = $this -> Article -> find ( ’all’ );

$this -> response -> etag ( $this -> Article -> generateHash ( $articles ));

( $this -> response -> checkNotModified ( $this -> request )) {

return

$this -> response ;

}

...

}

The Last Modified header

New in version 2.1. Also under the HTTP cache validation model, you can set the Last-Modified header to indicate the date and time at which the resource was modified for the last time. Setting this header helps

CakePHP respond to caching clients whether the response was modified or not based on the client cache.

To actually get advantage of using this header you have to either call manually

CakeResponse::checkNotModified()

method or have the

RequestHandlerComponent

included in your controller:

public function

view () {

$article = $this -> Article -> find ( ’first’ );

$this -> response -> modified ( $article [ ’Article’ ][ ’modified’ ]);

( $this -> response -> checkNotModified ( $this -> request )) {

return

$this -> response ;

}

...

}

The Vary header

In some cases you might want to serve different contents using the same url. This is often the case when you have a multilingual page or respond with different HTML according to the browser that is requesting the resource. For such circumstances, you use the Vary header:

64 Chapter 4. Controllers

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

$this -> response -> vary ( ’User-Agent’ );

$this -> response -> vary ( ’Accept-Encoding’ , ’User-Agent’ );

$this -> response -> vary ( ’Accept-Language’ );

CakeResponse and testing

Probably one of the biggest wins from CakeResponse comes from how it makes testing controllers and components easier. Instead of methods spread across several objects, you only have a single object to mock as controllers and components delegate to CakeResponse. This helps you get closer to a ‘unit’ test and makes testing controllers easier:

public function

testSomething () {

$this -> controller -> response = $this -> getMock ( ’CakeResponse’ );

$this -> controller -> response -> expects ( $this -> once ()) -> method ( ’header’ );

// ...

}

Additionally you can more easily run tests from the command line, as you can use mocks to avoid the

‘headers sent’ errors that can come up from trying to set headers in CLI.

CakeResponse API

class CakeResponse

CakeResponse provides a number of useful methods for interacting with the response you are sending to a client.

CakeResponse::header(

$header = null , $value = null)

Allows you to directly set one or many headers to be sent with the response.

CakeResponse::charset(

$charset = null)

Sets the charset that will be used in the response.

CakeResponse::type(

$contentType = null)

Sets the content type for the response. You can either use a known content type alias or the full content type name.

CakeResponse::cache(

$since , $time = ‘+1 day’)

Allows you to set caching headers in the response.

CakeResponse::disableCache()

Sets the headers to disable client caching for the response.

CakeResponse::sharable(

$public = null , $time = null)

Sets the Cache-Control header to be either public or private and optionally sets a max-age directive of the resource New in version 2.1.

CakeResponse::expires(

$time = null)

Allows to set the Expires header to a specific date. New in version 2.1.

CakeResponse::etag( $tag = null , $weak = false)

Sets the Etag header to uniquely identify a response resource. New in version 2.1.

More on controllers 65

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

CakeResponse::modified(

$time = null)

Sets the Last-Modified header to a specific date and time in the correct format. New in version 2.1.

CakeResponse::checkNotModified( CakeRequest $request)

Compares the cache headers for the request object with the cache header from the response and determines if it can still be considered fresh. In that case deletes any response contents and sends the 304

Not Modified header. New in version 2.1.

CakeResponse::compress()

Turns on gzip compression for the request.

CakeResponse::download(

$filename)

Allows you to send the response as an attachment and set the filename.

CakeResponse::statusCode( $code = null)

Allows you to set the status code for the response.

CakeResponse::body( $content = null)

Set the content body for the response.

CakeResponse::send()

Once you are done creating a response, calling send() will send all the set headers as well as the body.

This is done automatically at the end of each request by Dispatcher

CakeResponse::file( $path

, $options = array())

Allows you to set a file for display or download New in version 2.3.

Scaffolding

Application scaffolding is a technique that allows a developer to define and create a basic application that can create, retrieve, update and delete objects. Scaffolding in CakePHP also allows developers to define how objects are related to each other, and to create and break those links.

All that’s needed to create a scaffold is a model and its controller. Once you set the $scaffold variable in the controller, you’re up and running.

CakePHP’s scaffolding is pretty cool. It allows you to get a basic CRUD application up and going in minutes.

It’s so cool that you’ll want to use it in production apps. Now, we think it’s cool too, but please realize that scaffolding is... well... just scaffolding. It’s a loose structure you throw up real quick during the beginning of a project in order to get started. It isn’t meant to be completely flexible, it’s meant as a temporary way to get up and going. If you find yourself really wanting to customize your logic and your views, it’s time to pull your scaffolding down in order to write some code. CakePHP’s Bake console, covered in the next section, is a great next step: it generates all the code that would produce the same result as the most current scaffold.

Scaffolding is a great way of getting the early parts of developing a web application started. Early database schemas are subject to change, which is perfectly normal in the early part of the design process. This has a downside: a web developer hates creating forms that never will see real use. To reduce the strain on the developer, scaffolding has been included in CakePHP. Scaffolding analyzes your database tables and creates standard lists with add, delete and edit buttons, standard forms for editing and standard views for inspecting a single item in the database.

66 Chapter 4. Controllers

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

To add scaffolding to your application, in the controller, add the $scaffold variable:

class CategoriesController extends

AppController {

public

$scaffold ;

}

Assuming you’ve created even the most basic Category model class file (in /app/Model/Category.php), you’re ready to go. Visit http://example.com/categories to see your new scaffold.

Note: Creating methods in controllers that are scaffolded can cause unwanted results. For example, if you create an index() method in a scaffolded controller, your index method will be rendered rather than the scaffolding functionality.

Scaffolding is knowledgeable about model associations, so if your Category model belongsTo a User, you’ll see related User IDs in the Category listings. While scaffolding “knows” about model associations, you will not see any related records in the scaffold views until you manually add the association code to the model.

For example, if Group hasMany User and User belongsTo Group, you have to manually add the following code in your User and Group models. Before you add the following code, the view displays an empty select input for Group in the New User form. After you add the following code, the view displays a select input populated with IDs or names from the Group table in the New User form:

// In Group.php

public

$hasMany = ’User’ ;

// In User.php

public

$belongsTo = ’Group’ ;

If you’d rather see something besides an ID (like the user’s first name), you can set the $displayField variable in the model. Let’s set the $displayField variable in our User class so that users related to categories will be shown by first name rather than just an ID in scaffolding. This feature makes scaffolding more readable in many instances:

class User extends

AppModel {

public

$displayField = ’first_name’ ;

}

Creating a simple admin interface with scaffolding

If you have enabled admin routing in your app/Config/core.php, with

Configure::write(’Routing.prefixes’, array(’admin’)); you can use scaffolding to generate an admin interface.

Once you have enabled admin routing assign your admin prefix to the scaffolding variable:

public

$scaffold = ’admin’ ;

You will now be able to access admin scaffolded actions: http :// example .

com / admin / controller / index http :// example .

com / admin / controller / view http :// example .

com / admin / controller / edit

More on controllers 67

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

http :// example .

com / admin / controller / add http :// example .

com / admin / controller / delete

This is an easy way to create a simple backend interface quickly. Keep in mind that you cannot have both admin and non-admin methods scaffolded at the same time. As with normal scaffolding you can override individual methods and replace them with your own:

public function

admin_view ( $id =

null

) {

// custom code here

}

Once you have replaced a scaffolded action you will need to create a view file for the action as well.

Customizing Scaffold Views

If you’re looking for something a little different in your scaffolded views, you can create templates. We still don’t recommend using this technique for production applications, but such a customization may be useful during prototyping iterations.

Custom scaffolding views for a specific controller (PostsController in this example) should be placed like so:

/ app / View / Posts / scaffold .

index .

ctp

/ app / View / Posts / scaffold .

form .

ctp

/ app / View / Posts / scaffold .

view .

ctp

Custom scaffolding views for all controllers should be placed like so:

/ app / View / Scaffolds / index .

ctp

/ app / View / Scaffolds / form .

ctp

/ app / View / Scaffolds / view .

ctp

The Pages Controller

CakePHP ships with a default controller PagesController.php. This is a simple and optional controller for serving up static content. The home page you see after installation is generated using this controller. If you make the view file app/View/Pages/about_us.ctp you can access it using the url http://example.com/pages/about_us

. You are free to modify the Pages Controller to meet your needs.

When you “bake” an app using CakePHP’s console utility the Pages Controller is created in your app/Controller/ folder.

You can also copy the file from lib/Cake/Console/Templates/skel/Controller/PagesController.php

Changed in version 2.1: With CakePHP 2.0 the Pages Controller was part of lib/Cake.

Since 2.1 the Pages Controller is no longer part of the core but ships in the app folder.

Warning: Do not directly modify ANY file under the lib/Cake folder to avoid issues when updating the core in future.

68 Chapter 4. Controllers

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Components

Components are packages of logic that are shared between controllers. If you find yourself wanting to copy and paste things between controllers, you might consider wrapping some functionality in a component.

CakePHP also comes with a fantastic set of core components you can use to aid in:

• Security

• Sessions

• Access control lists

• Emails

• Cookies

• Authentication

• Request handling

• Pagination

Each of these core components are detailed in their own chapters. For now, we’ll show you how to create your own components. Creating components keeps controller code clean and allows you to reuse code between projects.

Configuring Components

Many of the core components require configuration. Some examples of components requiring configuration are

Authentication

and

EmailComponent

. Configuration for these components, and for components

in general, is usually done in the $components array or your controller’s beforeFilter() method:

class PostsController extends

AppController {

public

$components =

array

(

’Auth’ =>

array

(

’authorize’ =>

array

( ’controller’ ),

’loginAction’ =>

array

( ’controller’ => ’users’ , ’action’ => ’login’ )

’Cookie’ =>

array

( ’name’ => ’CookieMonster’ )

);

Would be an example of configuring a component with the $components array. All core components allow their configuration settings to be set in this way. In addition you can configure components in your controller’s beforeFilter() method. This is useful when you need to assign the results of a function to a component property. The above could also be expressed as:

public function

beforeFilter () {

$this -> Auth -> authorize =

array

( ’controller’ );

$this -> Auth -> loginAction =

array

( ’controller’ => ’users’ , ’action’ => ’login’ );

$this -> Cookie -> name = ’CookieMonster’ ;

}

More on controllers 69

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

It’s possible, however, that a component requires certain configuration options to be set before the controller’s beforeFilter() is run. To this end, some components allow configuration options be set in the

$components array:

public

$components =

array

(

’DebugKit.Toolbar’ =>

array

( ’panels’ =>

array

( ’history’ , ’session’ ))

);

Consult the relevant documentation to determine what configuration options each component provides.

One common setting to use is the className option, which allows you to alias components. This feature is useful when you want to replace $this->Auth or another common Component reference with a custom implementation:

// app/Controller/PostsController.php

class PostsController extends

AppController {

public

$components =

array

(

’Auth’ =>

array

(

’className’ => ’MyAuth’

)

);

}

// app/Controller/Component/MyAuthComponent.php

App :: uses ( ’AuthComponent’ , ’Controller/Component’ );

class MyAuthComponent extends

AuthComponent {

// Add your code to override the core AuthComponent

}

The above would alias MyAuthComponent to $this->Auth in your controllers.

Note: Aliasing a component replaces that instance anywhere that component is used, including inside other

Components.

Using Components

Once you’ve included some components in your controller, using them is pretty simple. Each component you use is exposed as a property on your controller. If you had loaded up the

SessionComponent

and the

CookieComponent

in your controller, you could access them like so:

class PostsController extends

AppController {

public

$components =

array

( ’Session’ , ’Cookie’ );

public function

delete () {

( $this -> Post -> delete ( $this -> request -> data ( ’Post.id’ )) {

$this -> Session -> setFlash ( ’Post deleted.’ );

$this -> redirect (

array

( ’action’ => ’index’ ));

}

70 Chapter 4. Controllers

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Note: Since both Models and Components are added to Controllers as properties they share the same

‘namespace’. Be sure to not give a component and a model the same name.

Loading components on the fly

You might not need all of your components available on every controller action. In situations like this you can load a component at runtime using the

Component Collection . From inside a controller you can do the

following:

$this -> OneTimer = $this -> Components -> load ( ’OneTimer’ );

$this -> OneTimer -> getTime ();

Component Callbacks

Components also offer a few request life-cycle callbacks that allow them to augment the request cycle. See the base

Component API

for more information on the callbacks components offer.

Creating a Component

Suppose our online application needs to perform a complex mathematical operation in many different parts of the application. We could create a component to house this shared logic for use in many different controllers.

The first step is to create a new component file and class.

Create the file in

/app/Controller/Component/MathComponent.php

The basic structure for the component would look something like this:

App :: uses ( ’Component’ , ’Controller’ );

class MathComponent extends

Component {

public function

doComplexOperation ( $amount1 , $amount2 ) {

return

$amount1 + $amount2 ;

}

Note: All components must extend

Component

. Failing to do this will trigger an exception.

Including your component in your controllers

Once our component is finished, we can use it in the application’s controllers by placing the component’s name (minus the “Component” part) in the controller’s $components array. The controller will automatically be given a new attribute named after the component, through which we can access an instance of it:

More on controllers 71

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

/* Make the new component available at $this->Math, as well as the standard $this->Session */

public

$components =

array

( ’Math’ , ’Session’ );

Components declared in AppController will be merged with those in your other controllers. So there is no need to re-declare the same component twice.

When including Components in a Controller you can also declare a set of parameters that will be passed on to the Component’s constructor. These parameters can then be handled by the Component:

public

$components =

array

(

’Math’ =>

array

(

’precision’ => 2 ,

’randomGenerator’ => ’srand’

’Session’ , ’Auth’

);

The above would pass the array containing precision and randomGenerator to

MathComponent::__construct() as the second parameter.

By convention, any settings that have been passed that are also public properties on your component will have the values set based on the settings.

Using other Components in your Component

Sometimes one of your components may need to use another component. In this case you can include other components in your component the exact same way you include them in controllers - using the

$components var:

// app/Controller/Component/CustomComponent.php

App :: uses ( ’Component’ , ’Controller’ );

class CustomComponent extends

Component {

// the other component your component uses

public

$components =

array

( ’Existing’ );

public function

initialize (Controller $controller ) {

$this -> Existing -> foo ();

}

public function

bar () {

// ...

// app/Controller/Component/ExistingComponent.php

App :: uses ( ’Component’ , ’Controller’ );

class ExistingComponent extends

Component {

public function

foo () {

// ...

}

72 Chapter 4. Controllers

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Component API

class Component

The base Component class offers a few methods for lazily loading other Components through

ComponentCollection as well as dealing with common handling of settings. It also provides prototypes for all the component callbacks.

Component::__construct(

ComponentCollection $collection , $settings = array())

Constructor for the base component class. All $settings that are also public properties will have their values changed to the matching value in $settings.

Callbacks

Component::initialize(

Controller $controller)

The initialize method is called before the controller’s beforeFilter method.

Component::startup( Controller $controller)

The startup method is called after the controller’s beforeFilter method but before the controller executes the current action handler.

Component::beforeRender( Controller $controller)

The beforeRender method is called after the controller executes the requested action’s logic but before the controller’s renders views and layout.

Component::shutdown(

Controller $controller)

The shutdown method is called before output is sent to browser.

Component::beforeRedirect( Controller $controller , $url, $status=null, $exit=true)

The beforeRedirect method is invoked when the controller’s redirect method is called but before any further action. If this method returns false the controller will not continue on to redirect the request.

The $url, $status and $exit variables have same meaning as for the controller’s method. You can also return a string which will be interpreted as the url to redirect to or return associative array with key

‘url’ and optionally ‘status’ and ‘exit’.

More on controllers 73

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

74 Chapter 4. Controllers

CHAPTER 5

Views

Views are the V in MVC. Views are responsible for generating the specific output required for the request.

Often this is in the form of HTML, XML, or JSON, but streaming files and creating PDF’s that users can download are also responsibilities of the View Layer.

CakePHP comes with a few built-in View classes for handling the most common rendering scenarios:

• To create XML or JSON webservices you can use the

JSON and XML views .

• To serve protected files, or dynamically generated files, you can use

Media Views

• To create multiple themed views, you can use

Themes

View Templates

The view layer of CakePHP is how you speak to your users. Most of the time your views will be showing

(X)HTML documents to browsers, but you might also need to serve AMF data to a Flash object, reply to a remote application via SOAP, or output a CSV file for a user.

By default CakePHP view files are written in plain PHP and have a default extension of .ctp (CakePHP Template). These files contain all the presentational logic needed to get the data it received from the controller in a format that is ready for the audience you’re serving to. If you’d prefer using a templating language like

Twig, or Smarty, a subclass of View will bridge your templating language and CakePHP

View files are stored in /app/View/, in a folder named after the controller that uses the files, and named after the action it corresponds to. For example, the view file for the Products controller’s “view()” action, would normally be found in /app/View/Products/view.ctp.

The view layer in CakePHP can be made up of a number of different parts. Each part has different uses, and will be covered in this chapter:

• views: Views are the part of the page that is unique to the action being run. They form the meat of your application’s response.

• elements: smaller, reusable bits of view code. Elements are usually rendered inside of views.

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

• layouts: view files that contain presentational code that is found wrapping many interfaces in your application. Most views are rendered inside of a layout.

• helpers: these classes encapsulate view logic that is needed in many places in the view layer. Among other things, helpers in CakePHP can help you build forms, build AJAX functionality, paginate model data, or serve RSS feeds.

Extending Views

New in version 2.1. View extending allows you to wrap one view in another. Combining this with

view blocks

gives you a powerful way to keep your views

DRY . For example, your application has a sidebar that

needs to change depending on the specific view being rendered. By extending a common view file you can avoid repeating the common markup for your sidebar, and only define the parts that change:

// app/View/Common/view.ctp

<h1> <?php echo $this -> fetch ( ’title’ ); ?> </h1>

<?php echo $this -> fetch ( ’content’ ); ?>

<h3>Related actions</h3>

<ul>

<?php echo $this -> fetch ( ’sidebar’ ); ?>

</ul>

</div>

The above view file could be used as a parent view. It expects that the view extending it will define the sidebar and title blocks. The content block is a special block that CakePHP creates. It will contain all the un-captured content from the extending view. Assuming our view file has a $posts variable with the data about our post. Our view could look like:

<?php

// app/View/Posts/view.ctp

$this -> extend ( ’/Common/view’ );

$this -> assign ( ’title’ , $post );

$this -> start ( ’sidebar’ );

<li>

<?php

echo

$this -> Html -> link ( ’edit’ ,

array

(

’action’ => ’edit’ ,

$post [ ’Post’ ][ ’id’ ]

)); ?>

</li>

<?php

$this -> end (); ?>

// The remaining content will be available as the ’content’ block

// in the parent view.

<?php echo h( $post [ ’Post’ ][ ’body’ ]);

The post view above shows how you can extend a view, and populate a set of blocks. Any content not already

76 Chapter 5. Views

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

in a defined block will captured and put into a special block named content. When a view contains a call to extend() execution continues to the bottom of the current view file. Once its complete, the extended view will be rendered. Calling extend() more than once in a view file will override the parent view that will be processed next:

$this -> extend ( ’/Common/view’ );

$this -> extend ( ’/Common/index’ );

The above will result in /Common/index.ctp being rendered as the parent view to the current view.

You can nest extended views as many times as necessary. Each view can extend another view if desired.

Each parent view will get the previous view’s content as the content block.

Note: You should avoid using content as a block name in your application. CakePHP uses this for un-captured content in extended views.

Using view blocks

New in version 2.1. View blocks replace $scripts_for_layout and provide a flexible API that allows you to define slots or blocks in your views/layouts that will be defined elsewhere. For example blocks are ideal for implementing things such as sidebars, or regions to load assets at the bottom/top of the layout.

Blocks can be defined in two ways. Either as a capturing block, or by direct assignment. The start(), append() and end() methods allow to work with capturing blocks:

// create the sidebar block.

$this -> start ( ’sidebar’ );

echo

$this -> element ( ’sidebar/recent_topics’ );

echo

$this -> element ( ’sidebar/recent_comments’ );

$this -> end ();

// Append into the sidebar later on.

$this -> append ( ’sidebar’ );

echo

$this -> element ( ’sidebar/popular_topics’ );

$this -> end ();

You can also append into a block using start() multiple times. assign() can be used to clear or overwrite a block at any time:

// Clear the previous content from the sidebar block.

$this -> assign ( ’sidebar’ , ’’ );

In 2.3, a few new methods were added for working with blocks. The prepend() to prepend content to an existing block:

// Prepend to sidebar

$this -> prepend ( ’sidebar’ , ’this content goes on top of sidebar’ );

The method startIfEmpty() can be used to start a block only if its empty or undefined. If the block already exists the captured content will be discarded. This is useful when you want to conditionally define

Using view blocks 77

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

default content for a block should it not already exist:

// In a view file.

// Create a navbar block

$this -> startIfEmpty ( ’navbar’ );

echo

$this -> element ( ’navbar’ );

echo

$this -> element ( ’notifications’ );

$this -> end ();

// In a parent view/layout

$this -> startIfEmpty ( ’navbar’ );

Default

content

$this -> end ();

echo

$this -> fetch ( ’navbar’ );

In the above example, the navbar block will only contain the content added in the first section. Since the block was defined in the child view, the default content will be discarded.

Note: You should avoid using content as a block name. This is used by CakePHP internally for extended views, and view content in the layout.

Displaying blocks

New in version 2.1. You can display blocks using the fetch() method. fetch() will safely output a block, returning ‘’ if a block does not exist:

echo

$this -> fetch ( ’sidebar’ );

You can also use fetch to conditionally show content that should surround a block should it exist. This is helpful in layouts, or extended views where you want to conditionally show headings or other markup:

// in app/View/Layouts/default.ctp

<?php if ( $this -> fetch ( ’menu’ )) : ?>

<h3>Menu options</h3>

<?php echo $this -> fetch ( ’menu’ ); ?>

</div>

<?php endif ; ?>

As of 2.3.0 you can also provide a default value for a block should it not have any content. This allows you to easily add placeholder content, for empty states. You can provide a default value using the 2nd argument:

<?php echo $this -> fetch ( ’cart’ , ’Your cart is empty’ ); ?>

</div>

Changed in version 2.3: The $default argument was added in 2.3.

78 Chapter 5. Views

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Using blocks for script and CSS files

New in version 2.1. Blocks replace the deprecated $scripts_for_layout layout variable. Instead you should use blocks. The

HtmlHelper

ties into view blocks, and its

methods each update a block with the same name when used with the inline = false option:

<?php

// in your view file

$this -> Html -> script ( ’carousel’ ,

array

( ’inline’ =>

false

));

$this -> Html -> css ( ’carousel’ ,

null

array

( ’inline’ =>

false

));

// In your layout file.

<!DOCTYPE html>

<head>

<title> <?php echo $this -> fetch ( ’title’ ); ?> </title>

<?php echo $this -> fetch ( ’script’ ); ?>

<?php echo $this -> fetch ( ’css’ ); ?>

</head>

// rest of the layout follows

The

HtmlHelper

also allows you to control which block the scripts and CSS go to:

// in your view

$this -> Html -> script ( ’carousel’ ,

array

( ’block’ => ’scriptBottom’ ));

// in your layout

echo

$this -> fetch ( ’scriptBottom’ );

Layouts

A layout contains presentation code that wraps around a view. Anything you want to see in all of your views should be placed in a layout.

Layout files should be placed in /app/View/Layouts. CakePHP’s default layout can be overridden by creating a new default layout at /app/View/Layouts/default.ctp. Once a new default layout has been created, controller-rendered view code is placed inside of the default layout when the page is rendered.

When you create a layout, you need to tell CakePHP where to place the code for your views. To do so, make sure your layout includes a place for $this->fetch(’content’) Here’s an example of what a default layout might look like:

<!DOCTYPE html>

<head>

<?php

echo

$this -> fetch ( ’meta’ );

Layouts 79

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

echo

$this -> fetch ( ’css’ );

echo

$this -> fetch ( ’script’ );

</head>

<body>

</div>

<?php echo $this -> fetch ( ’content’ ); ?>

</body>

</html>

Note: Prior to version 2.1, method fetch() was not available, fetch(’content’) is a replacement for

$content_for_layout and lines fetch(’meta’), fetch(’css’) and fetch(’script’) are contained in the $scripts_for_layout variable in version 2.0

The script, css and meta blocks contain any content defined in the views using the built-in HTML helper. Useful for including javascript and CSS files from views.

Note: When using

HtmlHelper::css()

HtmlHelper::script()

in view files, specify ‘false’ for the ‘inline’ option to place the html source in a block with the same name. (See API for more details on usage).

The content block contains the contents of the rendered view.

$title_for_layout contains the page title. This variable is generated automatically, but you can override it by setting it in your controller/view.

To set the title for the layout, it’s easiest to do so in the controller, setting the $title_for_layout variable:

class UsersController extends

AppController {

public function

view_active () {

$this -> set ( ’title_for_layout’ , ’View Active Users’ );

}

You can also set the title_for_layout variable from inside the view file:

$this -> set ( ’title_for_layout’ , $titleContent );

80 Chapter 5. Views

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

You can create as many layouts as you wish: just place them in the app/View/Layouts directory, and switch between them inside of your controller actions using the controller or view’s

$layout

property:

// from a controller

public function

admin_view () {

// stuff

$this -> layout = ’admin’ ;

}

// from a view file

$this -> layout = ’loggedin’ ;

For example, if a section of my site included a smaller ad banner space, I might create a new layout with the smaller advertising space and specify it as the layout for all controllers’ actions using something like:

class UsersController extends

AppController {

public function

view_active () {

$this -> set ( ’title_for_layout’ , ’View Active Users’ );

$this -> layout = ’default_small_ad’ ;

}

public function

view_image () {

$this -> layout = ’image’ ;

//output user image

}

CakePHP features two core layouts (besides CakePHP’s default layout) you can use in your own application:

‘ajax’ and ‘flash’. The Ajax layout is handy for crafting Ajax responses - it’s an empty layout (most ajax calls only require a bit of markup in return, rather than a fully-rendered interface). The flash layout is used for messages shown by

Controller::flash()

method.

Three other layouts, xml, js, and rss, exist in the core for a quick and easy way to serve up content that isn’t text/html.

Using layouts from plugins

New in version 2.1. If you want to use a layout that exists in a plugin, you can use

plugin syntax . For

example to use the contact layout from the Contacts plugin:

class UsersController extends

AppController {

public function

view_active () {

$this -> layout = ’Contacts.contact’ ;

}

Elements

Many applications have small blocks of presentation code that need to be repeated from page to page, sometimes in different places in the layout. CakePHP can help you repeat parts of your website that need to

Elements 81

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

be reused. These reusable parts are called Elements. Ads, help boxes, navigational controls, extra menus, login forms, and callouts are often implemented in CakePHP as elements. An element is basically a miniview that can be included in other views, in layouts, and even within other elements. Elements can be used to make a view more readable, placing the rendering of repeating elements in its own file. They can also help you re-use content fragments in your application.

Elements live in the /app/View/Elements/ folder, and have the .ctp filename extension. They are output using the element method of the view:

echo

$this -> element ( ’helpbox’ );

Passing Variables into an Element

You can pass data to an element through the element’s second argument:

echo

$this -> element ( ’helpbox’ ,

array

(

"helptext" => "Oh, this text is very helpful."

));

Inside the element file, all the passed variables are available as members of the parameter array (in the same way that

Controller::set()

in the controller works with view files). In the above example, the

/app/View/Elements/helpbox.ctp

file can use the $helptext variable:

// inside app/View/Elements/helpbox.ctp

echo

$helptext ; //outputs "Oh, this text is very helpful."

The

View::element()

method also supports options for the element. The options supported are ‘cache’ and ‘callbacks’. An example:

echo

$this -> element ( ’helpbox’ ,

array

(

"helptext" => "This is passed to the element as $helptext " ,

"foobar" => "This is passed to the element as $foobar " ,

array

(

"cache" => "long_view" , // uses the "long_view" cache configuration

"callbacks" =>

true

// set to true to have before/afterRender called for the element

)

);

Element caching is facilitated through the

Cache

class. You can configure elements to be stored in any

Cache configuration you’ve setup. This gives you a great amount of flexibility to decide where and for how long elements are stored. To cache different versions of the same element in an application, provide a unique cache key value using the following format:

$this -> element ( ’helpbox’ ,

array

(),

array

(

"cache" =>

array

( ’config’ => ’short’ , ’key’ => ’unique value’ )

)

);

You can take full advantage of elements by using requestAction(). The requestAction() function fetches view variables from a controller action and returns them as an array. This enables your elements to perform in true MVC style. Create a controller action that prepares the view variables for your elements,

82 Chapter 5. Views

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

then call requestAction() inside the second parameter of element() to feed the element the view variables from your controller.

To do this, in your controller add something like the following for the Post example:

class PostsController extends

AppController {

// ...

public function

index () {

$posts = $this -> paginate ();

( $this -> request -> is ( ’requested’ )) {

return

$posts ;

}

else

{

$this -> set ( ’posts’ , $posts );

}

And then in the element we can access the paginated posts model. To get the latest five posts in an ordered list we would do something like the following:

<h2>Latest Posts</h2>

<?php

$posts = $this -> requestAction ( ’posts/index/sort:created/direction:asc/limit:5’ ); ?>

<ol>

<?php foreach ( $posts

$post ) : ?>

<?php endforeach ; ?>

</ol>

Caching Elements

You can take advantage of CakePHP view caching if you supply a cache parameter. If set to true, it will cache the element in the ‘default’ Cache configuration. Otherwise, you can set which cache configuration should be used. See

Caching

for more information on configuring

Cache

. A simple example of caching an

element would be:

echo

$this -> element ( ’helpbox’ ,

array

(),

array

( ’cache’ =>

true

));

If you render the same element more than once in a view and have caching enabled be sure to set the ‘key’ parameter to a different name each time. This will prevent each successive call from overwriting the previous element() call’s cached result. E.g.:

echo

$this -> element (

’helpbox’ ,

array

( ’var’ => $var ),

array

( ’cache’ =>

array

( ’key’ => ’first_use’ , ’config’ => ’view_long’ )

);

echo

$this -> element (

’helpbox’ ,

array

( ’var’ => $differenVar ),

array

( ’cache’ =>

array

( ’key’ => ’second_use’ , ’config’ => ’view_long’ )

);

Elements 83

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

The above will ensure that both element results are cached separately. If you want all element caching to use the same cache configuration, you can save some repetition, by setting

View::$elementCache

to the cache configuration you want to use. CakePHP will use this configuration, when none is given.

Requesting Elements from a Plugin

2.0

To load an element from a plugin, use the plugin option (moved out of the data option in 1.x):

echo

$this -> element ( ’helpbox’ ,

array

(),

array

( ’plugin’ => ’Contacts’ ));

2.1

If you are using a plugin and wish to use elements from within the plugin, just use the familiar

plugin syntax

If the view is being rendered for a plugin controller/action, the plugin name will automatically be prefixed onto all elements used, unless another plugin name is present. If the element doesn’t exist in the plugin, it will look in the main APP folder.:

echo

$this -> element ( ’Contacts.helpbox’ );

If your view is a part of a plugin you can omit the plugin name.

For example, if you are in the

ContactsController of the Contacts plugin:

echo

$this -> element ( ’helpbox’ );

// and

echo

$this -> element ( ’Contacts.helpbox’ );

Are equivalent and will result in the same element being rendered.

Changed in version 2.1: The

$options[plugin] option was deprecated and support for Plugin.element was added.

Creating your own view classes

You may need to create custom view classes to enable new types of data views, or add additional custom view rendering logic to your application. Like most components of CakePHP view classes have a few conventions:

• View class files should be put in App/View. For example App/View/PdfView.php

• View classes should be suffixed with View. For example PdfView.

• When referencing view class names you should omit the View suffix.

For example

$this->viewClass = ’Pdf’; .

You’ll also want to extend View to ensure things work correctly:

// in App/View/PdfView.php

App :: uses ( ’View’ , ’View’ );

84 Chapter 5. Views

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

class PdfView extends

View {

public function

render ( $view =

null

, $layout =

null

) {

// custom logic here.

}

Replacing the render method lets you take full control over how your content is rendered.

View API

class View

View methods are accessible in all view, element and layout files.

To call any view method use

$this->method()

View::set( string $var

, mixed $value)

Views have a set() method that is analogous to the set() found in Controller objects. Using set() from your view file will add the variables to the layout and elements that will be rendered later. See

Controller Methods

for more information on using set().

In your view file you can do:

$this -> set ( ’activeMenuButton’ , ’posts’ );

Then in your layout the $activeMenuButton variable will be available and contain the value

‘posts’.

View::getVar( string $var)

Gets the value of the viewVar with the name $var

View::getVars()

Gets a list of all the available view variables in the current rendering scope. Returns an array of variable names.

View::element( string $elementPath , array $data, array $options = array())

Renders an element or view partial. See the section on

Elements

for more information and examples.

View::uuid( string $object , mixed $url)

Generates a unique non-random DOM ID for an object, based on the object type and url. This method is often used by helpers that need to generate unique DOM ID’s for elements such as the

JsHelper

$uuid = $this -> uuid ( ’form’ ,

array

( ’controller’ => ’posts’ , ’action’ => ’index’ ));

//$uuid contains ’form0425fe3bad’

View::addScript( string $name

, string $content)

Adds content to the internal scripts buffer.

This buffer is made available in the layout as

$scripts_for_layout

. This method is helpful when creating helpers that need to add javascript or css directly to the layout. Keep in mind that scripts added from the layout, or elements in the layout will not be added to $scripts_for_layout. This method is most often used from inside helpers, like the

JsHelper

and

HtmlHelper

Helpers. Deprecated since version 2.1: Use the

Using view blocks

features instead.

View API 85

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

View::blocks()

Get the names of all defined blocks as an array.

View::start( $name)

Start a capturing block for a view block. See the section on

Using view blocks

for examples. New in version 2.1.

View::end()

End the top most open capturing block. See the section on

Using view blocks

for examples. New in version 2.1.

View::append(

$name , $content)

Append into the block with $name. See the section on

Using view blocks

for examples. New in version 2.1.

View::prepend(

$name , $content)

Prepend into the block with $name. See the section on

Using view blocks

for examples. New in version 2.3.

View::startIfEmpty(

$name)

Conditionally start a block, only if its empty. All content in the block will be captured and discarded if the block is already defined. New in version 2.3.

View::assign(

$name , $content)

Assign the value of a block. This will overwrite any existing content. See the section on

Using view blocks

for examples. New in version 2.1.

View::fetch( $name)

Fetch the value of a block. ‘’ Will be returned for blocks that are not defined. See the section on

Using view blocks

for examples. New in version 2.1.

View::extend( $name)

Extend the current view/element/layout with the named one. See the section on

Extending Views

for examples. New in version 2.1.

property View::$layout

Set the layout the current view will be wrapped in.

property View::$elementCache

The cache configuration used to cache elements. Setting this property will change the default configuration used to cache elements. This default can be overridden using the ‘cache’ option in the element method.

property View::$request

An instance of

CakeRequest

. Use this instance to access information about the current request.

property View::$output

Contains the last rendered content from a view, either the view file, or the layout content. Deprecated since version 2.1: Use $view->Blocks->get(’content’); instead.

property View::$Blocks

An instance of ViewBlock. Used to provide view block functionality in view rendering. New in version 2.1.

86 Chapter 5. Views

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

More about Views

Themes

You can take advantage of themes, making it easy to switch the look and feel of your page quickly and easily.

To use themes, specify the theme name in your controller:

class ExampleController extends

AppController {

public

$theme = ’Example’ ;

}

Changed in version 2.1: Versions previous to 2.1 required setting the $this->viewClass =

’Theme’

. 2.1 removes this requirement as the normal View class supports themes You can also set or change the theme name within an action or within the beforeFilter or beforeRender callback functions:

$this -> theme = ’AnotherExample’ ;

Theme view files need to be within the /app/View/Themed/ folder. Within the themed folder, create a folder using the same name as your theme name. For example, the above theme would be found in

/app/View/Themed/AnotherExample . Its important to remember that CakePHP expects Camel-

Case theme names. Beyond that, the folder structure within the /app/View/Themed/Example/ folder is exactly the same as /app/View/.

For example, the view file for an edit action of a Posts controller would reside at

/app/View/Themed/Example/Posts/edit.ctp

Layout files would reside in

/app/View/Themed/Example/Layouts/

If a view file can’t be found in the theme, CakePHP will try to locate the view file in the /app/View/ folder. This way, you can create master view files and simply override them on a case-by-case basis within your theme folder.

Theme assets

Themes can contain static assets as well as view files. A theme can include any necessary assets in its webroot directory. This allows for easy packaging and distribution of themes. While in development, requests for theme assets will be handled by Dispatcher. To improve performance for production environments, it’s recommended that you either symlink or copy theme assets into the application’s webroot. See below for more information.

To use the new theme webroot create directories like app/View/Themed/<themeName>/webroot<path_to_file> in your theme. The Dispatcher will handle finding the correct theme assets in your view paths.

All of CakePHP’s built-in helpers are aware of themes and will create the correct paths automatically. Like view files, if a file isn’t in the theme folder, it will default to the main webroot folder:

//When in a theme with the name of ’purple_cupcake’

$this -> Html -> css ( ’main.css’ );

More about Views 87

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

//creates a path like

/ theme / purple_cupcake / css / main .

css

//and links to app / View / Themed / PurpleCupcake / webroot / css / main .

css

Increasing performance of plugin and theme assets

It’s a well known fact that serving assets through PHP is guaranteed to be slower than serving those assets without invoking PHP. And while the core team has taken steps to make plugin and theme asset serving as fast as possible, there may be situations where more performance is required. In these situations it’s recommended that you either symlink or copy out plugin/theme assets to directories in app/webroot with paths matching those used by CakePHP.

• app/Plugin/DebugKit/webroot/js/my_file.js

app/webroot/debug_kit/js/my_file.js

becomes

• app/View/Themed/Navy/webroot/css/navy.css

app/webroot/theme/Navy/css/navy.css

becomes

Media Views

class MediaView

Deprecated since version 2.3: Use

Sending files

instead. Media views allow you to send binary files to the user. For example, you may wish to have a directory of files outside of the webroot to prevent users from direct linking them. You can use the Media view to pull the file from a special folder within /app/, allowing you to perform authentication before delivering the file to the user.

To use the Media view, you need to tell your controller to use the MediaView class instead of the default

View class. After that, just pass in additional parameters to specify where your file is located:

class ExampleController extends

AppController {

public function

download () {

$this -> viewClass = ’Media’ ;

// Download app/outside_webroot_dir/example.zip

$params =

array

(

’id’ => ’example.zip’ ,

’name’ => ’example’ ,

’download’ =>

true

’extension’ => ’zip’ ,

’path’ => APP .

’outside_webroot_dir’ .

);

$this -> set ( $params );

}

Here’s an example of rendering a file whose mime type is not included in the MediaView’s $mimeType array. We are also using a relative path which will default to your app/webroot folder:

88 Chapter 5. Views

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

public function

download () {

$this -> viewClass = ’Media’ ;

// Render app/webroot/files/example.docx

$params =

array

(

’id’

’name’

=> ’example.docx’ ,

=> ’example’ ,

’extension’ => ’docx’ ,

’mimeType’ =>

array

(

’docx’ => ’application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document’

’path’ => ’files’ .

);

$this -> set ( $params );

}

Settable Parameters id

The ID is the file name as it resides on the file server including the file extension.

name

The name allows you to specify an alternate file name to be sent to the user. Specify the name without the file extension.

download

A boolean value indicating whether headers should be set to force download.

extension

The file extension. This is matched against an internal list of acceptable mime types. If the mime type specified is not in the list (or sent in the mimeType parameter array), the file will not be downloaded.

path

The folder name, including the final directory separator. The path should be absolute but can be relative to the app/webroot folder.

mimeType

An array with additional mime types to be merged with MediaView internal list of acceptable mime types.

cache

A boolean or integer value - If set to true it will allow browsers to cache the file (defaults to false if not set); otherwise set it to the number of seconds in the future for when the cache should expire.

JSON and XML views

New in CakePHP 2.1 are two new view classes. The XmlView and JsonView let you easily create XML and JSON responses, and integrate with the

RequestHandlerComponent

By enabling RequestHandlerComponent in your application, and enabling support for the xml and or json extensions, you can automatically leverage the new view classes. XmlView and JsonView will be referred to as data views for the rest of this page.

There are two ways you can generate data views. The first is by using the _serialize key, and the second is by creating normal view files.

More about Views 89

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Enabling data views in your application

Before you can use the data view classes, you’ll need to do a bit of setup:

1. Enable the json and or xml extensions with

Router::parseExtensions()

. This will enable

Router to handle multiple extensions.

2. Add the

RequestHandlerComponent

to your controller’s list of components. This will enable automatic view class switching on content types. You can also set the component up with the viewClassMap setting, to map types to your custom classes and/or map other data types.

New in version 2.3:

RequestHandlerComponent::viewClassMap()

method has been added to map types to viewClasses.

The viewClassMap setting will not work on earlier versions.

After adding Router::parseExtensions(’json’); to your routes file, CakePHP will automatically switch view classes when a request is done with the .json extension, or the Accept header is application/json .

Using data views with the serialize key

The _serialize key is a special view variable that indicates which other view variable(s) should be serialized when using a data view. This lets you skip defining view files for your controller actions if you don’t need to do any custom formatting before your data is converted into json/xml.

If you need to do any formatting or manipulation of your view variables before generating the response, you should use view files. The value of _serialize can be either a string or an array of view variables to serialize:

class PostsController extends

AppController {

public function

index () {

$this -> set ( ’posts’ , $this -> paginate ());

$this -> set ( ’_serialize’ ,

array

( ’posts’ ));

}

You can also define _serialize as an array of view variables to combine:

class PostsController extends

AppController {

public function

index () {

// some code that created $posts and $comments

$this -> set ( compact ( ’posts’ , ’comments’ ));

$this -> set ( ’_serialize’ ,

array

( ’posts’ , ’comments’ ));

}

Defining _serialize as an array has the added benefit of automatically appending a top-level

<response> element when using

XmlView

. If you use a string value for _serialize and XmlView,

make sure that your view variable has a single top-level element. Without a single top-level element the Xml will fail to generate.

90 Chapter 5. Views

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Using a data view with view files

You should use view files if you need to do some manipulation of your view content before creating the final output. For example if we had posts, that had a field containing generated HTML, we would probably want to omit that from a JSON response. This is a situation where a view file would be useful:

// Controller code

class PostsController extends

AppController {

public function

index () {

$this -> set ( compact ( ’posts’ , ’comments’ ));

}

// View code - app/View/Posts/json/index.ctp

foreach

( $posts

& $post ) { unset ( $post [ ’Post’ ][ ’generated_html’ ]);

}

echo

json_encode( compact ( ’posts’ , ’comments’ ));

You can do more more complex manipulations, or use helpers to do formatting as well.

Note: The data view classes don’t support layouts. They assume that the view file will output the serialized content.

class XmlView

A view class for generating Xml view data. See above for how you can use XmlView in your application.

By default when using _serialize the XmlView will wrap your serialized view variables with a

<response> node. You can set a custom name for this node using the _rootNode view variable.

New in version 2.3: The _rootNode feature was added.

class JsonView

A view class for generating Json view data. See above for how you can use JsonView in your application.

Helpers

Helpers are the component-like classes for the presentation layer of your application. They contain presentational logic that is shared between many views, elements, or layouts. This chapter will show you how to create your own helpers, and outline the basic tasks CakePHP’s core helpers can help you accomplish.

CakePHP features a number of helpers that aid in view creation. They assist in creating well-formed markup

(including forms), aid in formatting text, times and numbers, and can even speed up Ajax functionality. For more information on the helpers included in CakePHP, check out

Helpers

More about Views 91

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Using and Configuring Helpers

You enable helpers in CakePHP by making a controller aware of them. Each controller has a

$helpers

property that lists the helpers to be made available in the view. To enable a helper in your view, add the name of the helper to the controller’s $helpers array:

class BakeriesController extends

AppController {

public

$helpers =

array

( ’Form’ , ’Html’ , ’Js’ , ’Time’ );

}

Adding helpers from plugins uses the

plugin syntax

used elsewhere in CakePHP:

class BakeriesController extends

AppController {

public

$helpers =

array

( ’Blog.Comment’ );

}

You can also add helpers from within an action, so they will only be available to that action and not the other actions in the controller. This saves processing power for the other actions that do not use the helper as well as help keep the controller better organized:

class BakeriesController extends

AppController {

public function

bake {

$this -> helpers [] = ’Time’ ;

}

public function

mix {

// The Time helper is not loaded here and thus not available

}

If you need to enable a helper for all controllers add the name of the helper to the $helpers array in

/app/Controller/AppController.php

(or create if not present). Remember to include the default

Html and Form helpers:

class AppController extends

Controller {

public

$helpers =

array

( ’Form’ , ’Html’ , ’Js’ , ’Time’ );

}

You can pass options to helpers. These options can be used to set attribute values or modify behavior of a helper:

class AwesomeHelper extends

AppHelper {

public function

__construct (View $view , $settings =

array

()) {

parent

:: __construct ( $view , $settings ); debug( $settings );

}

class AwesomeController extends

AppController {

public

$helpers =

array

( ’Awesome’ =>

array

( ’option1’ => ’value1’ ));

}

As of 2.3 the options are merged with the Helper::$settings property of the helper.

One common setting to use is the className option, which allows you to create aliased helpers in your

92 Chapter 5. Views

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

views. This feature is useful when you want to replace $this->Html or another common Helper reference with a custom implementation:

// app/Controller/PostsController.php

class PostsController extends

AppController {

public

$helpers =

array

(

’Html’ =>

array

(

’className’ => ’MyHtml’

)

);

}

// app/View/Helper/MyHtmlHelper.php

App :: uses ( ’HtmlHelper’ , ’View/Helper’ );

class MyHtmlHelper extends

HtmlHelper {

// Add your code to override the core HtmlHelper

}

The above would alias MyHtmlHelper to $this->Html in your views.

Note: Aliasing a helper replaces that instance anywhere that helper is used, including inside other Helpers.

Tip: Aliasing the Html or Session Helper while using the core PagesController will not work. It is better to copy lib/Cake/Controller/PagesController.php into your app/Controller/ folder.

Using helper settings allows you to declaratively configure your helpers and keep configuration logic out of your controller actions. If you have configuration options that cannot be included as part of a class declaration, you can set those in your controller’s beforeRender callback:

class PostsController extends

AppController {

public function

beforeRender () {

parent

:: beforeRender ();

$this -> helpers [ ’CustomStuff’ ] = $this -> _getCustomStuffSettings ();

}

Using Helpers

Once you’ve configured which helpers you want to use in your controller, each helper is exposed as a public property in the view. For example, if you were using the

HtmlHelper

you would be able to access it by doing the following:

echo

$this -> Html -> css ( ’styles’ );

The above would call the css method on the HtmlHelper. You can access any loaded helper using

$this->{$helperName}

. There may come a time where you need to dynamically load a helper from inside a view. You can use the view’s HelperCollection to do this:

More about Views 93

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

$mediaHelper = $this -> Helpers -> load ( ’Media’ , $mediaSettings );

The HelperCollection is a

collection

and supports the collection API used elsewhere in CakePHP.

Callback methods

Helpers feature several callbacks that allow you to augment the view rendering process. See the

Helper API

and the

Collections

documentation for more information.

Creating Helpers

If a core helper (or one showcased on github or the Bakery) doesn’t fit your needs, helpers are easy to create.

Let’s say we wanted to create a helper that could be used to output a specifically crafted CSS-styled link you needed many different places in your application. In order to fit your logic in to CakePHP’s existing helper structure, you’ll need to create a new class in /app/View/Helper. Let’s call our helper LinkHelper. The actual PHP class file would look something like this:

/* /app/View/Helper/LinkHelper.php */

App :: uses ( ’AppHelper’ , ’View/Helper’ );

class LinkHelper extends

AppHelper {

public function

makeEdit ( $title , $url ) {

// Logic to create specially formatted link goes here...

}

Note: Helpers must extend either AppHelper or

Helper

or implement all the callbacks in the

Helper

API .

Including other Helpers

You may wish to use some functionality already existing in another helper. To do so, you can specify helpers you wish to use with a $helpers array, formatted just as you would in a controller:

/* /app/View/Helper/LinkHelper.php (using other helpers) */

App :: uses ( ’AppHelper’ , ’View/Helper’ );

class LinkHelper extends

AppHelper {

public

$helpers =

array

( ’Html’ );

public function

makeEdit ( $title , $url ) {

// Use the HTML helper to output

// formatted data:

$link = $this -> Html -> link ( $title , $url ,

array

( ’class’ => ’edit’ ));

94 Chapter 5. Views

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

}

return

’<div class="editOuter">’ .

$link .

’</div>’ ;

Using your Helper

Once you’ve created your helper and placed it in /app/View/Helper/, you’ll be able to include it in your controllers using the special variable

$helpers :

class PostsController extends

AppController {

public

$helpers =

array

( ’Link’ );

}

Once your controller has been made aware of this new class, you can use it in your views by accessing an object named after the helper:

<!-make a link using the

new

helper -->

php

echo

$this -> Link -> makeEdit ( ’Change this Recipe’ , ’/recipes/edit/5’ ); ?>

Creating Functionality for All Helpers

All helpers extend a special class, AppHelper (just like models extend AppModel and controllers extend AppController).

To create functionality that would be available to all helpers, create

/app/View/Helper/AppHelper.php

App :: uses ( ’Helper’ , ’View’ );

class AppHelper extends

Helper {

public function

customMethod () {

}

Helper API

class Helper

The base class for Helpers. It provides a number of utility methods and features for loading other helpers.

Helper::webroot(

$file)

Resolve a file name to the webroot of the application. If a theme is active and the file exists in the current theme’s webroot, the path to the themed file will be returned.

Helper::url(

$url , $full = false)

Generates an HTML escaped URL, delegates to

Router::url()

Helper::value(

$options = array() , $field = null, $key = ‘value’)

Get the value for a given input name.

More about Views 95

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Helper::domId(

$options = null , $id = ‘id’)

Generate a CamelCased id value for the currently selected field. Overriding this method in your

AppHelper will allow you to change how CakePHP generates ID attributes.

Callbacks

Helper::beforeRenderFile(

$viewFile)

Is called before each view file is rendered. This includes elements, views, parent views and layouts.

Helper::afterRenderFile(

$viewFile , $content)

Is called after each view file is rendered. This includes elements, views, parent views and layouts. A callback can modify and return $content to change how the rendered content will be displayed in the browser.

Helper::beforeRender( $viewFile)

The beforeRender method is called after the controller’s beforeRender method but before the controller renders view and layout. Receives the file being rendered as an argument.

Helper::afterRender( $viewFile)

Is called after the view has been rendered but before layout rendering has started.

Helper::beforeLayout(

$layoutFile)

Is called before layout rendering starts. Receives the layout filename as an argument.

Helper::afterLayout(

$layoutFile)

Is called after layout rendering is complete. Receives the layout filename as an argument.

Core Helpers

CacheHelper

Used by the core to cache view content.

FormHelper

Creates HTML forms and form elements that self populate and handle validation problems.

HtmlHelper

Convenience methods for crafting well-formed markup. Images, links, tables, header tags and more.

JsHelper

Used to create Javascript compatible with various Javascript libraries.

NumberHelper

Number and currency formatting.

Paginator

Model data pagination and sorting.

RSS

Convenience methods for outputting RSS feed XML data.

SessionHelper

Access for reading session values in views.

TextHelper

Smart linking, highlighting, word smart truncation.

TimeHelper

Proximity detection (is this next year?), nice string formatting(Today, 10:30 am) and time zone conversion.

96 Chapter 5. Views

CHAPTER 6

Models

Models are the classes that sit as the business layer in your application. This means that they should be responsible for managing almost everything that happens regarding your data, its validity, interactions and evolution of the information workflow in your domain of work.

Usually model classes represent data and are used in CakePHP applications for data access, more specifically they represent a database table but they are not limited to this, but can be used to access anything that manipulates data such as files, external web services, iCal events, or rows in a CSV file.

A model can be associated with other models. For example, a Recipe may be associated with the Author of the recipe as well as the Ingredient in the recipe.

This section will explain what features of the model can be automated, how to override those features, and what methods and properties a model can have. It’ll explain the different ways to associate your data. It’ll describe how to find, save, and delete data. Finally, it’ll look at Datasources.

Understanding Models

A Model represents your data model. In object-oriented programming a data model is an object that represents a “thing”, like a car, a person, or a house. A blog, for example, may have many blog posts and each blog post may have many comments. The Blog, Post, and Comment are all examples of models, each associated with another.

Here is a simple example of a model definition in CakePHP:

class Ingredient extends

AppModel {

public

$name = ’Ingredient’ ;

}

With just this simple declaration, the Ingredient model is bestowed with all the functionality you need to create queries along with saving and deleting data. These magic methods come from CakePHP’s Model class by the magic of inheritance. The Ingredient model extends the application model, AppModel, which extends CakePHP’s internal Model class. It is this core Model class that bestows the functionality onto your

Ingredient model.

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

This intermediate class, AppModel, is empty and if you haven’t created your own, is taken from within the

CakePHP core folder. Overriding the AppModel allows you to define functionality that should be made available to all models within your application. To do so, you need to create your own AppModel.php

file that resides in the Model folder, as all other models in your application. Creating a project using

Bake

will automatically generate this file for you.

Associations: Linking Models Together

One of the most powerful features of CakePHP is the ability to link relational mapping provided by the model. In CakePHP, the links between models are handled through associations.

Defining relations between different objects in your application should be a natural process. For example: in a recipe database, a recipe may have many reviews, reviews have a single author, and authors may have many recipes. Defining the way these relations work allows you to access your data in an intuitive and powerful way.

The purpose of this section is to show you how to plan for, define, and utilize associations between models in CakePHP.

While data can come from a variety of sources, the most common form of storage in web applications is a relational database. Most of what this section covers will be in that context.

For information on associations with Plugin models, see

Plugin Models .

Relationship Types

The four association types in CakePHP are: hasOne, hasMany, belongsTo, and hasAndBelongsToMany

(HABTM).

Relationship Association Type one to one one to many many to one hasOne hasMany belongsTo

Example

A user has one profile.

A user can have multiple recipes.

Many recipes belong to a user.

many to many hasAndBelongsToMany Recipes have, and belong to many ingredients.

Associations are defined by creating a class variable named after the association you are defining. The class variable can sometimes be as simple as a string, but can be as complete as a multidimensional array used to define association specifics.

class User extends

AppModel {

public

$hasOne = ’Profile’ ;

public

$hasMany =

array

(

’Recipe’ =>

array

(

’className’ => ’Recipe’ ,

’conditions’ =>

array

( ’Recipe.approved’ => ’1’ ),

’order’ => ’Recipe.created DESC’

)

);

}

In the above example, the first instance of the word ‘Recipe’ is what is termed an ‘Alias’. This is an identifier for the relationship and can be anything you choose. Usually, you will choose the same name as the class that it references. However, aliases for each model must be unique app wide. For example it is appropriate to have:

More on models 99

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

class User extends

AppModel {

public

$hasMany =

array

(

’MyRecipe’ =>

array

(

’className’ => ’Recipe’ ,

)

);

public

$hasAndBelongsToMany =

array

(

’MemberOf’ =>

array

(

’className’ => ’Group’ ,

)

);

}

class Group extends

AppModel {

public

$hasMany =

array

(

’MyRecipe’ =>

array

(

’className’ => ’Recipe’ ,

)

);

public

$hasAndBelongsToMany =

array

(

’Member’ =>

array

(

’className’ => ’User’ ,

)

);

} but the following will not work well in all circumstances:

class User extends

AppModel {

public

$hasMany =

array

(

’MyRecipe’ =>

array

(

’className’ => ’Recipe’ ,

)

);

public

$hasAndBelongsToMany =

array

(

’Member’ =>

array

(

’className’ => ’Group’ ,

)

);

}

class Group extends

AppModel {

public

$hasMany =

array

(

’MyRecipe’ =>

array

(

’className’ => ’Recipe’ ,

)

);

public

$hasAndBelongsToMany =

array

(

’Member’ =>

array

(

’className’ => ’User’ ,

)

);

}

100 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

because here we have the alias ‘Member’ referring to both the User (in Group) and the Group (in User) model in the HABTM associations. Choosing non-unique names for model aliases across models can cause unexpected behavior.

Cake will automatically create links between associated model objects. So for example in your User model you can access the Recipe model as:

$this -> Recipe -> someFunction ();

Similarly in your controller you can access an associated model simply by following your model associations:

$this -> User -> Recipe -> someFunction ();

Note: Remember that associations are defined ‘one way’. If you define User hasMany Recipe that has no effect on the Recipe Model. You need to define Recipe belongsTo User to be able to access the User model from your Recipe model

hasOne

Let’s set up a User model with a hasOne relationship to a Profile model.

First, your database tables need to be keyed correctly. For a hasOne relationship to work, one table has to contain a foreign key that points to a record in the other. In this case the profiles table will contain a field called user_id. The basic pattern is: hasOne: the other model contains the foreign key.

Relation Schema

Apple hasOne Banana bananas.apple_id

User hasOne Profile profiles.user_id

Doctor hasOne Mentor mentors.doctor_id

Note: It is not mandatory to follow CakePHP conventions, you can easily override the use of any foreignKey in your associations definitions. Nevertheless sticking to conventions will make your code less repetitive, easier to read and to maintain.

The User model file will be saved in /app/Model/User.php. To define the ‘User hasOne Profile’ association, add the $hasOne property to the model class. Remember to have a Profile model in /app/Model/Profile.php, or the association won’t work:

class User extends

AppModel {

public

$hasOne = ’Profile’ ;

}

There are two ways to describe this relationship in your model files. The simplest method is to set the

$hasOne attribute to a string containing the classname of the associated model, as we’ve done above.

If you need more control, you can define your associations using array syntax. For example, you might want to limit the association to include only certain records.

More on models 101

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

class User extends

AppModel {

public

$hasOne =

array

(

’Profile’ =>

array

(

’className’ => ’Profile’ ,

’conditions’ =>

array

( ’Profile.published’ => ’1’ ),

’dependent’ =>

true

)

);

}

Possible keys for hasOne association arrays include:

• className: the classname of the model being associated to the current model. If you’re defining a

‘User hasOne Profile’ relationship, the className key should equal ‘Profile.’

• foreignKey: the name of the foreign key found in the other model. This is especially handy if you need to define multiple hasOne relationships. The default value for this key is the underscored, singular name of the current model, suffixed with ‘_id’. In the example above it would default to ‘user_id’.

• conditions: an array of find() compatible conditions or SQL strings such as array(‘Profile.approved’

=> true)

• fields: A list of fields to be retrieved when the associated model data is fetched. Returns all fields by default.

• order: an array of find() compatible order clauses or SQL strings such as array(‘Profile.last_name’

=> ‘ASC’)

• dependent: When the dependent key is set to true, and the model’s delete() method is called with the cascade parameter set to true, associated model records are also deleted. In this case we set it true so that deleting a User will also delete her associated Profile.

Once this association has been defined, find operations on the User model will also fetch a related Profile record if it exists:

//Sample results from a $this->User->find() call.

Array

(

[User] =>

Array

(

[id] => 121

[name] => Gwoo the Kungwoo

[created] => 2007 05 01 10 : 31 : 01

)

[Profile] =>

Array

(

[id] => 12

[user_id] => 121

[skill] => Baking Cakes

[created] => 2007 05 01 10 : 31 : 01

)

102 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

belongsTo

Now that we have Profile data access from the User model, let’s define a belongsTo association in the Profile model in order to get access to related User data. The belongsTo association is a natural complement to the hasOne and hasMany associations: it allows us to see the data from the other direction.

When keying your database tables for a belongsTo relationship, follow this convention: belongsTo: the current model contains the foreign key.

Relation Schema

Banana belongsTo Apple bananas.apple_id

Profile belongsTo User profiles.user_id

Mentor belongsTo Doctor mentors.doctor_id

Tip: If a model(table) contains a foreign key, it belongsTo the other model(table).

We can define the belongsTo association in our Profile model at /app/Model/Profile.php using the string syntax as follows:

class Profile extends

AppModel {

public

$belongsTo = ’User’ ;

}

We can also define a more specific relationship using array syntax:

class Profile extends

AppModel {

public

$belongsTo =

array

(

’User’ =>

array

(

’className’ => ’User’ ,

’foreignKey’ => ’user_id’

)

);

}

Possible keys for belongsTo association arrays include:

• className: the classname of the model being associated to the current model. If you’re defining a

‘Profile belongsTo User’ relationship, the className key should equal ‘User.’

• foreignKey: the name of the foreign key found in the current model. This is especially handy if you need to define multiple belongsTo relationships. The default value for this key is the underscored, singular name of the other model, suffixed with _id.

• conditions: an array of find() compatible conditions or SQL strings such as array(’User.active’ => true)

• type: the type of the join to use in the SQL query, default is LEFT which may not fit your needs in all situations, INNER may be helpful when you want everything from your main and associated models or nothing at all! (effective when used with some conditions of course). (NB: type value is in lower case - i.e. left, inner)

• fields: A list of fields to be retrieved when the associated model data is fetched. Returns all fields by default.

More on models 103

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

• order: an array of find() compatible order clauses or SQL strings such as array(’User.username’ => ’ASC’)

• counterCache: If set to true the associated Model will automatically increase or decrease the “[singular_model_name]_count” field in the foreign table whenever you do a save() or delete(). If it’s a string then it’s the field name to use. The value in the counter field represents the number of related rows. You can also specify multiple counter caches by defining an array, see

Multiple counterCache

• counterScope: Optional conditions array to use for updating counter cache field.

Once this association has been defined, find operations on the Profile model will also fetch a related User record if it exists:

//Sample results from a $this->Profile->find() call.

Array

(

[Profile] =>

Array

(

[id] => 12

[user_id] => 121

)

[User] =>

Array

(

[skill] => Baking Cakes

[created] => 2007 05 01 10 : 31 : 01

[id] => 121

[name] => Gwoo the Kungwoo

[created] => 2007 05 01 10 : 31 : 01

)

hasMany

Next step: defining a “User hasMany Comment” association. A hasMany association will allow us to fetch a user’s comments when we fetch a User record.

When keying your database tables for a hasMany relationship, follow this convention: hasMany: the other model contains the foreign key.

Relation Schema

User hasMany Comment Comment.user_id

Cake hasMany Virtue Virtue.cake_id

Product hasMany Option Option.product_id

We can define the hasMany association in our User model at /app/Model/User.php using the string syntax as follows:

class User extends

AppModel {

public

$hasMany = ’Comment’ ;

}

104 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

We can also define a more specific relationship using array syntax:

class User extends

AppModel {

public

$hasMany =

array

(

’Comment’ =>

array

(

’className’

’foreignKey’

’conditions’

=> ’Comment’ ,

=> ’user_id’ ,

’order’

’limit’

’dependent’

array

( ’Comment.status’ => ’1’ ),

=> ’Comment.created DESC’ ,

=> ’5’ ,

true

)

);

}

Possible keys for hasMany association arrays include:

• className: the classname of the model being associated to the current model. If you’re defining a

‘User hasMany Comment’ relationship, the className key should equal ‘Comment.’

• foreignKey: the name of the foreign key found in the other model. This is especially handy if you need to define multiple hasMany relationships. The default value for this key is the underscored, singular name of the actual model, suffixed with ‘_id’.

• conditions: an array of find() compatible conditions or SQL strings such as array(‘Comment.visible’

=> true)

• order: an array of find() compatible order clauses or SQL strings such as array(‘Profile.last_name’

=> ‘ASC’)

• limit: The maximum number of associated rows you want returned.

• offset: The number of associated rows to skip over (given the current conditions and order) before fetching and associating.

• dependent: When dependent is set to true, recursive model deletion is possible. In this example,

Comment records will be deleted when their associated User record has been deleted.

• exclusive: When exclusive is set to true, recursive model deletion does the delete with a deleteAll() call, instead of deleting each entity separately. This greatly improves performance, but may not be ideal for all circumstances.

• finderQuery: A complete SQL query CakePHP can use to fetch associated model records. This should be used in situations that require very custom results.

If a query you’re building requires a reference to the associated model ID, use the special {$__cakeID__$} marker in the query.

For example, if your Apple model hasMany Orange, the query should look something like this: SELECT Orange.* from oranges as Orange WHERE Orange.apple_id

= {$__cakeID__$};

Once this association has been defined, find operations on the User model will also fetch related Comment records if they exist:

//Sample results from a $this->User->find() call.

Array

More on models 105

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

(

[User] =>

Array

(

[id] => 121

[name] => Gwoo the Kungwoo

[created] => 2007 05 01 10 : 31 : 01

)

[Comment] =>

Array

(

[ 0 ] =>

Array

(

[id] => 123

[user_id] => 121

[title] => On Gwoo the Kungwoo

[body] => The Kungwooness is

not

so Gwooish

[created] => 2006 05 01 10 : 31 : 01

)

[ 1 ] =>

Array

(

[id] => 124

[user_id] => 121

[title] => More on Gwoo

[body] => But what of the ‘ Nut ?

[created] => 2006 05 01 10 : 41 : 01

)

One thing to remember is that you’ll need a complimentary Comment belongsTo User association in order to get the data from both directions. What we’ve outlined in this section empowers you to get Comment data from the User. Adding the Comment belongsTo User association in the Comment model empowers you to get User data from the Comment model - completing the connection and allowing the flow of information from either model’s perspective.

counterCache - Cache your count()

This function helps you cache the count of related data. Instead of counting the records manually via find(’count’)

, the model itself tracks any addition/deleting towards the associated $hasMany model and increases/decreases a dedicated integer field within the parent model table.

The name of the field consists of the singular model name followed by a underscore and the word “count”: my_model_count

Let’s say you have a model called ImageComment and a model called Image, you would add a new

INT-field to the images table and name it image_comment_count.

Here are some more examples:

106 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Model

User

Image

Associated Model

Image

ImageComment

Example users.image_count

images.image_comment_count

BlogEntry BlogEntryComment blog_entries.blog_entry_comment_count

Once you have added the counter field you are good to go. Activate counter-cache in your association by adding a counterCache key and set the value to true:

class ImageComment extends

AppModel {

public

$belongsTo =

array

(

’Image’ =>

array

(

’counterCache’ =>

true

)

);

}

From now on, every time you add or remove a ImageComment associated to Image, the number within image_comment_count is adjusted automatically.

counterScope

You can also specify counterScope. It allows you to specify a simple condition which tells the model when to update (or when not to, depending on how you look at it) the counter value.

Using our Image model example, we can specify it like so:

class ImageComment extends

AppModel {

public

$belongsTo =

array

(

’Image’ =>

array

(

’counterCache’ =>

true

’counterScope’ =>

array

( ’Image.active’ => 1 ) // only count if "Image" is active = 1

)

);

}

Multiple counterCache

Since 2.0 CakePHP supports having multiple counterCache in a single model relation. It is also possible to define a counterScope for each counterCache. Assuming you have a User model and a

Message model and you want to be able to count the amount of read and unread messages for each user.

Model Field Description

User

User users.messages_read

Message messages.is_read

Count read Message users.messages_unread

Count unread Message

Determines if a Message is read or not.

With this setup your belongsTo would look like this:

class Message extends

AppModel {

public

$belongsTo =

array

(

’User’ =>

array

(

More on models 107

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

}

);

)

’counterCache’ =>

array

(

’messages_read’ =>

array

( ’Message.is_read’ => 1 ),

’messages_unread’ =>

array

( ’Message.is_read’ => 0 )

)

hasAndBelongsToMany (HABTM)

Alright. At this point, you can already call yourself a CakePHP model associations professional. You’re already well versed in the three associations that take up the bulk of object relations.

Let’s tackle the final relationship type: hasAndBelongsToMany, or HABTM. This association is used when you have two models that need to be joined up, repeatedly, many times, in many different ways.

The main difference between hasMany and HABTM is that a link between models in HABTM is not exclusive. For example, we’re about to join up our Recipe model with an Ingredient model using HABTM. Using tomatoes as an Ingredient for my grandma’s spaghetti recipe doesn’t “use up” the ingredient. I can also use it for a salad Recipe.

Links between hasMany associated objects are exclusive. If my User hasMany Comments, a comment is only linked to a specific user. It’s no longer up for grabs.

Moving on. We’ll need to set up an extra table in the database to handle HABTM associations. This new join table’s name needs to include the names of both models involved, in alphabetical order, and separated with an underscore ( _ ). The contents of the table should be two fields, each foreign keys (which should be integers) pointing to both of the primary keys of the involved models. To avoid any issues - don’t define a combined primary key for these two fields, if your application requires it you can define a unique index.

If you plan to add any extra information to this table, or use a ‘with’ model, you should add an additional primary key field (by convention ‘id’).

HABTM requires a separate join table that includes both model names.

Relationship

Recipe HABTM

Ingredient

Cake HABTM Fan

Foo HABTM Bar

HABTM Table Fields ingredients_recipes.id, ingredients_recipes.ingredient_id, ingredients_recipes.recipe_id

cakes_fans.id, cakes_fans.cake_id, cakes_fans.fan_id

bars_foos.id, bars_foos.foo_id, bars_foos.bar_id

Note: Table names are by convention in alphabetical order. It is possible to define a custom table name in association definition

Make sure primary keys in tables cakes and recipes have “id” fields as assumed by convention. If they’re different than assumed, it has to be changed in model’s

primaryKey

Once this new table has been created, we can define the HABTM association in the model files. We’re gonna skip straight to the array syntax this time:

class Recipe extends

AppModel {

public

$hasAndBelongsToMany =

array

(

108 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

’Ingredient’ =>

array

(

’className’

’joinTable’

=> ’Ingredient’ ,

=> ’ingredients_recipes’ ,

’foreignKey’ => ’recipe_id’ ,

’associationForeignKey’ => ’ingredient_id’ ,

’unique’

’conditions’

’fields’

’order’

’limit’

’offset’

’finderQuery’

’deleteQuery’

’insertQuery’

true

’’

=> ’’ ,

)

);

}

Possible keys for HABTM association arrays include:

• className: the classname of the model being associated to the current model. If you’re defining a

‘Recipe HABTM Ingredient’ relationship, the className key should equal ‘Ingredient.’

• joinTable: The name of the join table used in this association (if the current table doesn’t adhere to the naming convention for HABTM join tables).

• with: Defines the name of the model for the join table. By default CakePHP will auto-create a model for you. Using the example above it would be called IngredientsRecipe. By using this key you can override this default name. The join table model can be used just like any “regular” model to access the join table directly. By creating a model class with such name and filename you can add any custom behavior to the join table searches, such as adding more information/columns to it

• foreignKey: the name of the foreign key found in the current model. This is especially handy if you need to define multiple HABTM relationships. The default value for this key is the underscored, singular name of the current model, suffixed with ‘_id’.

• associationForeignKey: the name of the foreign key found in the other model. This is especially handy if you need to define multiple HABTM relationships. The default value for this key is the underscored, singular name of the other model, suffixed with ‘_id’.

• unique: boolean or string keepExisting.

– If true (default value) cake will first delete existing relationship records in the foreign keys table before inserting new ones. Existing associations need to be passed again when updating.

– When false, cake will insert the relationship record, and that no join records are deleted during a save operation.

– When set to keepExisting, the behavior is similar to true, but existing associations are not deleted.

• conditions: an array of find() compatible conditions or SQL string. If you have conditions on an

More on models 109

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

associated table, you should use a ‘with’ model, and define the necessary belongsTo associations on it.

• fields: A list of fields to be retrieved when the associated model data is fetched. Returns all fields by default.

• order: an array of find() compatible order clauses or SQL strings

• limit: The maximum number of associated rows you want returned.

• offset: The number of associated rows to skip over (given the current conditions and order) before fetching and associating.

• finderQuery, deleteQuery, insertQuery: A complete SQL query CakePHP can use to fetch, delete, or create new associated model records. This should be used in situations that require very custom results.

Once this association has been defined, find operations on the Recipe model will also fetch related Tag records if they exist:

// Sample results from a $this->Recipe->find() call.

Array

(

[Recipe] =>

Array

(

[id] => 2745

[name] => Chocolate Frosted Sugar Bombs

)

[Ingredient] =>

Array

(

[created] => 2007 05 01 10 : 31 : 01

[user_id] => 2346

[ 0 ] =>

Array

(

)

[ 1 ] =>

Array

(

[id] => 123

[name] => Chocolate

)

[ 2 ] =>

Array

(

[id] => 124

[name] => Sugar

[id] => 125

[name] => Bombs

)

Remember to define a HABTM association in the Ingredient model if you’d like to fetch Recipe data when using the Ingredient model.

110 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Note: HABTM data is treated like a complete set, each time a new data association is added the complete set of associated rows in database is dropped and created again so you will always need to pass the whole data set for saving. For an alternative to using HABTM see

hasMany through (The Join Model)

Tip: For more information on saving HABTM objects see

Saving Related Model Data (HABTM)

hasMany through (The Join Model)

It is sometimes desirable to store additional data with a many to many association. Consider the following

Student hasAndBelongsToMany Course

Course hasAndBelongsToMany Student

In other words, a Student can take many Courses and a Course can be taken by many Students. This is a simple many to many association demanding a table such as this: id | student_id | course_id

Now what if we want to store the number of days that were attended by the student on the course and their final grade? The table we’d want would be: id | student_id | course_id | days_attended | grade

The trouble is, hasAndBelongsToMany will not support this type of scenario because when hasAndBelongsToMany associations are saved, the association is deleted first. You would lose the extra data in the columns as it is not replaced in the new insert.

Changed in version 2.1. You can set unique setting to keepExisting circumvent losing extra data during the save operation. See unique key in

HABTM association arrays .

The way to implement our requirement is to use a join model, otherwise known as a hasMany through association. That is, the association is a model itself. So, we can create a new model CourseMembership.

Take a look at the following models.:

// Student.php

class Student extends

AppModel {

public

$hasMany =

array

(

’CourseMembership’

);

}

// Course.php

class Course extends

AppModel {

public

$hasMany =

array

(

’CourseMembership’

);

}

// CourseMembership.php

More on models 111

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

class CourseMembership extends

AppModel {

public

$belongsTo =

array

(

’Student’ , ’Course’

);

}

The CourseMembership join model uniquely identifies a given Student’s participation on a Course in addition to extra meta-information.

Join models are pretty useful things to be able to use and Cake makes it easy to do so with its built-in hasMany and belongsTo associations and saveAll feature.

Creating and Destroying Associations on the Fly

Sometimes it becomes necessary to create and destroy model associations on the fly. This may be for any number of reasons:

• You want to reduce the amount of associated data fetched, but all your associations are on the first level of recursion.

• You want to change the way an association is defined in order to sort or filter associated data.

This association creation and destruction is done using the CakePHP model bindModel() and unbindModel() methods. (There is also a very helpful behavior called “Containable”, please refer to manual section about

Built-in behaviors for more information). Let’s set up a few models so we can see how bindModel() and unbindModel() work. We’ll start with two models:

class Leader extends

AppModel {

public

$hasMany =

array

(

’Follower’ =>

array

(

’className’ => ’Follower’ ,

’order’ => ’Follower.rank’

)

);

}

class Follower extends

AppModel {

public

$name = ’Follower’ ;

}

Now, in the LeadersController, we can use the find() method in the Leader model to fetch a Leader and its associated followers. As you can see above, the association array in the Leader model defines a “Leader hasMany Followers” relationship. For demonstration purposes, let’s use unbindModel() to remove that association in a controller action:

public function

some_action () {

// This fetches Leaders, and their associated Followers

$this -> Leader -> find ( ’all’ );

// Let’s remove the hasMany...

$this -> Leader -> unbindModel (

array

( ’hasMany’ =>

array

( ’Follower’ ))

112 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

}

);

// Now using a find function will return

// Leaders, with no Followers

$this -> Leader -> find ( ’all’ );

// NOTE: unbindModel only affects the very next

// find function. An additional find call will use

// the configured association information.

// We’ve already used find(’all’) after unbindModel(),

// so this will fetch Leaders with associated

// Followers once again...

$this -> Leader -> find ( ’all’ );

Note: Removing or adding associations using bind- and unbindModel() only works for the next find operation only unless the second parameter has been set to false. If the second parameter has been set to false, the bind remains in place for the remainder of the request.

Here’s the basic usage pattern for unbindModel():

$this -> Model -> unbindModel (

array

( ’associationType’ =>

array

( ’associatedModelClassName’ ))

);

Now that we’ve successfully removed an association on the fly, let’s add one. Our as-of-yet unprincipled

Leader needs some associated Principles. The model file for our Principle model is bare, except for the public $name statement. Let’s associate some Principles to our Leader on the fly (but remember–only for just the following find operation). This function appears in the LeadersController:

public function

another_action () {

// There is no Leader hasMany Principles in

// the leader.php model file, so a find here,

// only fetches Leaders.

$this -> Leader -> find ( ’all’ );

// Let’s use bindModel() to add a new association

// to the Leader model:

$this -> Leader -> bindModel (

array

( ’hasMany’ =>

array

(

’Principle’ =>

array

(

’className’ => ’Principle’

)

);

// Now that we’re associated correctly,

// we can use a single find function to fetch

// Leaders with their associated principles:

More on models 113

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

$this -> Leader -> find ( ’all’ );

}

There you have it. The basic usage for bindModel() is the encapsulation of a normal association array inside an array whose key is named after the type of association you are trying to create:

$this -> Model -> bindModel (

array

( ’associationName’ =>

array

(

’associatedModelClassName’ =>

array

(

// normal association keys go here...

)

);

Even though the newly bound model doesn’t need any sort of association definition in its model file, it will still need to be correctly keyed in order for the new association to work properly.

Multiple relations to the same model

There are cases where a Model has more than one relation to another Model. For example you might have a

Message model that has two relations to the User model. One relation to the user that sends a message, and a second to the user that receives the message. The messages table will have a field user_id, but also a field recipient_id. Now your Message model can look something like:

class Message extends

AppModel {

public

$belongsTo =

array

(

’Sender’ =>

array

(

’className’ => ’User’ ,

’foreignKey’ => ’user_id’

’Recipient’ =>

array

(

’className’ => ’User’ ,

’foreignKey’ => ’recipient_id’

)

);

}

Recipient is an alias for the User model. Now let’s see what the User model would look like:

class User extends

AppModel {

public

$hasMany =

array

(

’MessageSent’ =>

array

(

’className’ => ’Message’ ,

’foreignKey’ => ’user_id’

’MessageReceived’ =>

array

(

’className’ => ’Message’ ,

’foreignKey’ => ’recipient_id’

)

);

}

114 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

It is also possible to create self associations as shown below:

class Post extends

AppModel {

public

$belongsTo =

array

(

’Parent’ =>

array

(

’className’ => ’Post’ ,

’foreignKey’ => ’parent_id’

)

);

public

$hasMany =

array

(

’Children’ =>

array

(

’className’ => ’Post’ ,

’foreignKey’ => ’parent_id’

)

);

}

Fetching a nested array of associated records:

If your table has parent_id field you can also use

find(‘threaded’)

to fetch nested array of records using a single query without setting up any associations.

Joining tables

In SQL you can combine related tables using the JOIN statement. This allows you to perform complex searches across multiples tables (i.e: search posts given several tags).

In CakePHP some associations (belongsTo and hasOne) performs automatic joins to retrieve data, so you can issue queries to retrieve models based on data in the related one.

But this is not the case with hasMany and hasAndBelongsToMany associations. Here is where forcing joins comes to the rescue. You only have to define the necessary joins to combine tables and get the desired results for your query.

Note: Remember you need to set the recursion to -1 for this to work. I.e: $this->Channel->recursive = -1;

To force a join between tables you need to use the “modern” syntax for Model::find(), adding a ‘joins’ key to the $options array. For example:

$options [ ’joins’ ] =

array

(

array

( ’table’ => ’channels’ ,

’alias’ => ’Channel’ ,

’type’ => ’LEFT’ ,

’conditions’ =>

array

(

’Channel.id = Item.channel_id’ ,

)

);

$Item -> find ( ’all’ , $options );

More on models 115

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Note: Note that the ‘join’ arrays are not keyed.

In the above example, a model called Item is left joined to the channels table. You can alias the table with the Model name, so the retrieved data complies with the CakePHP data structure.

The keys that define the join are the following:

• table: The table for the join.

• alias: An alias to the table. The name of the model associated with the table is the best bet.

• type: The type of join: inner, left or right.

• conditions: The conditions to perform the join.

With joins, you could add conditions based on Related model fields:

$options [ ’joins’ ] =

array

(

array

( ’table’ => ’channels’ ,

’alias’ => ’Channel’ ,

’type’ => ’LEFT’ ,

’conditions’ =>

array

(

’Channel.id = Item.channel_id’ ,

)

);

$options [ ’conditions’ ] =

array

(

’Channel.private’ => 1

);

$privateItems = $Item -> find ( ’all’ , $options );

You could perform several joins as needed in hasAndBelongsToMany:

Suppose a Book hasAndBelongsToMany Tag association. This relation uses a books_tags table as join table, so you need to join the books table to the books_tags table, and this with the tags table:

$options [ ’joins’ ] =

array

(

array

( ’table’ => ’books_tags’ ,

’alias’ => ’BooksTag’ ,

’type’ => ’inner’ ,

’conditions’ =>

array

(

’Books.id = BooksTag.books_id’

)

array

( ’table’ => ’tags’ ,

’alias’ => ’Tag’ ,

’type’ => ’inner’ ,

’conditions’ =>

array

(

’BooksTag.tag_id = Tag.id’

)

);

116 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

$options [ ’conditions’ ] =

array

(

’Tag.tag’ => ’Novel’

);

$books = $Book -> find ( ’all’ , $options );

Using joins allows you to have a maximum flexibility in how CakePHP handles associations and fetch the data, however in most cases you can use other tools to achieve the same results such as correctly defining associations, binding models on the fly and using the Containable behavior. This feature should be used with care because it could lead, in a few cases, into bad formed SQL queries if combined with any of the former techniques described for associating models.

Retrieving Your Data

As stated before, one of the roles of the Model layer is to get data from multiple types of storage. The

CakePHP Model class comes with some functions that will help you search for this data, sort it, paginate it, and filter it. The most common function you will use in models is Model::find()

find

find(string $type = ’first’, array $params = array())

Find is the multifunctional workhorse of all model data-retrieval functions. $type can be either ’all’,

’first’

, ’count’, ’list’, ’neighbors’ or ’threaded’ or any custom finder you can define.

Keep in mind that $type is case sensitive. Using an upper case character (for example All) will not produce the expected results.

$params is used to pass all parameters to the various finds, and has the following possible keys by default

- all of which are optional:

array

(

’conditions’ =>

array

( ’Model.field’ => $thisValue ), //array of conditions

’recursive’ => 1 , //int

’fields’ =>

array

( ’Model.field1’ , ’DISTINCT Model.field2’ ), //array of field names

’order’ =>

array

( ’Model.created’ , ’Model.field3 DESC’ ), //string or array defining order

’group’ =>

array

( ’Model.field’ ), //fields to GROUP BY

’limit’ => n, //int

’page’ => n, //int

’offset’ => n, //int

’callbacks’ =>

true

//other possible values are false, ’before’, ’after’

)

It’s also possible to add and use other parameters, as is made use of by some find types, behaviors and of course possibly with your own model methods.

find(‘first’)

find(’first’, $params) will return one result, you’d use this for any case where you expect only one result. Below are a couple of simple (controller code) examples:

More on models 117

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

public function

some_function () {

// ...

$semiRandomArticle = $this -> Article -> find ( ’first’ );

$lastCreated = $this -> Article -> find ( ’first’ ,

array

(

’order’ =>

array

( ’Article.created’ => ’desc’ )

));

$specificallyThisOne = $this -> Article -> find ( ’first’ ,

array

(

’conditions’ =>

array

( ’Article.id’ => 1 )

));

// ...

}

In the first example, no parameters at all are passed to find - therefore no conditions or sort order will be used. The format returned from find(’first’) call is of the form:

Array

(

[ModelName] =>

Array

(

[id] => 83

[field1] => value1

[field2] => value2

[field3] => value3

)

[AssociatedModelName] =>

Array

(

[id] => 1

[field1] => value1

[field2] => value2

[field3] => value3

)

find(‘count’)

find(’count’, $params) returns an integer value. Below are a couple of simple (controller code) examples:

public function

some_function () {

// ...

$total = $this -> Article -> find ( ’count’ );

$pending = $this -> Article -> find ( ’count’ ,

array

(

’conditions’ =>

array

( ’Article.status’ => ’pending’ )

));

$authors = $this -> Article -> User -> find ( ’count’ );

$publishedAuthors = $this -> Article -> find ( ’count’ ,

array

(

’fields’ => ’DISTINCT Article.user_id’ ,

));

’conditions’ =>

array

( ’Article.status !=’ => ’pending’ )

// ...

}

118 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Note: Don’t pass fields as an array to find(’count’). You would only need to specify fields for a

DISTINCT count (since otherwise, the count is always the same - dictated by the conditions).

find(‘all’)

find(’all’, $params) returns an array of (potentially multiple) results. It is in fact the mechanism used by all find() variants, as well as paginate. Below are a couple of simple (controller code) examples:

public function

some_function () {

// ...

$allArticles = $this -> Article -> find ( ’all’ );

$pending = $this -> Article -> find ( ’all’ ,

array

(

’conditions’ =>

array

( ’Article.status’ => ’pending’ )

));

$allAuthors = $this -> Article -> User -> find ( ’all’ );

$allPublishedAuthors = $this -> Article -> User -> find ( ’all’ ,

array

(

’conditions’ =>

array

( ’Article.status !=’ => ’pending’ )

));

// ...

}

Note: In the above example $allAuthors will contain every user in the users table. There will be no condition applied to the find as none were passed.

The results of a call to find(’all’) will be of the following form:

Array

(

[ 0 ] =>

Array

(

[ModelName] =>

Array

(

[id] => 83

[field1] => value1

[field2] => value2

[field3] => value3

)

[AssociatedModelName] =>

Array

(

[id] => 1

[field1] => value1

[field2] => value2

[field3] => value3

)

More on models 119

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

)

find(‘list’)

find(’list’, $params) returns an indexed array, useful for any place where you would want a list such as for populating input select boxes. Below are a couple of simple (controller code) examples:

public function

some_function () {

// ...

$allArticles = $this -> Article -> find ( ’list’ );

$pending = $this -> Article -> find ( ’list’ ,

array

(

’conditions’ =>

array

( ’Article.status’ => ’pending’ )

));

$allAuthors = $this -> Article -> User -> find ( ’list’ );

$allPublishedAuthors = $this -> Article -> find ( ’list’ ,

array

(

’fields’ =>

array

( ’User.id’ , ’User.name’ ),

’conditions’ =>

array

( ’Article.status !=’ => ’pending’ ),

’recursive’ => 0

));

// ...

}

Note: In the above example $allAuthors will contain every user in the users table. There will be no condition applied to the find as none were passed.

The results of a call to find(’list’) will be in the following form:

Array

(

//[id] => ’displayValue’,

[ 1 ] => ’displayValue1’ ,

[ 2 ] => ’displayValue2’ ,

[ 4 ] => ’displayValue4’ ,

[ 5 ] => ’displayValue5’ ,

[ 6 ] => ’displayValue6’ ,

[ 3 ] => ’displayValue3’ ,

)

When calling find(’list’) the fields passed are used to determine what should be used as the array key, value and optionally what to group the results by. By default the primary key for the model is used for the key, and the display field (which can be configured using the model attribute

displayField ) is used for

the value. Some further examples to clarify:

public function

some_function () {

// ...

$justusernames = $this -> Article -> User -> find ( ’list’ ,

array

(

’fields’ =>

array

( ’User.username’ )

));

$usernameMap = $this -> Article -> User -> find ( ’list’ ,

array

(

’fields’ =>

array

( ’User.username’ , ’User.first_name’ )

120 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

));

$usernameGroups = $this -> Article -> User -> find ( ’list’ ,

array

(

’fields’ =>

array

( ’User.username’ , ’User.first_name’ , ’User.group’ )

));

// ...

}

With the above code example, the resultant vars would look something like this:

$justusernames =

Array

(

//[id] => ’username’,

[ 213 ] => ’AD7six’ ,

[ 25 ] => ’_psychic_’ ,

[ 1 ] => ’PHPNut’ ,

[ 2 ] => ’gwoo’ ,

[ 400 ] => ’jperras’ ,

)

$usernameMap =

Array

(

//[username] => ’firstname’,

[ ’AD7six’ ] => ’Andy’ ,

[ ’_psychic_’ ] => ’John’ ,

[ ’PHPNut’ ] => ’Larry’ ,

[ ’gwoo’ ] => ’Gwoo’ ,

[ ’jperras’ ] => ’Joël’ ,

)

$usernameGroups =

Array

(

[ ’User’ ] =>

Array

(

[ ’PHPNut’ ] => ’Larry’ ,

[ ’gwoo’ ] => ’Gwoo’ ,

)

[ ’Admin’ ] =>

Array

(

[ ’_psychic_’ ] => ’John’ ,

[ ’AD7six’ ] => ’Andy’ ,

[ ’jperras’ ] => ’Joël’ ,

)

find(‘threaded’)

find(’threaded’, $params) returns a nested array, and is appropriate if you want to use the parent_id field of your model data to build nested results. Below are a couple of simple (controller code) examples:

More on models 121

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

public function

some_function () {

// ...

$allCategories = $this -> Category -> find ( ’threaded’ );

$comments = $this -> Comment -> find ( ’threaded’ ,

array

(

’conditions’ =>

array

( ’article_id’ => 50 )

));

// ...

}

Tip: A better way to deal with nested data is using the

Tree

behavior

In the above code example, $allCategories will contain a nested array representing the whole category structure. The results of a call to find(’threaded’) will be of the following form:

Array

(

[ 0 ] =>

Array

(

[ModelName] =>

Array

(

[id] => 83

[parent_id] =>

null

[field1] => value1

[field2] => value2

[field3] => value3

)

[AssociatedModelName] =>

Array

(

[id] => 1

[field1] => value1

[field2] => value2

[field3] => value3

)

[children] =>

Array

(

[ 0 ] =>

Array

(

[ModelName] =>

Array

(

[id] => 42

[parent_id] => 83

[field1] => value1

[field2] => value2

[field3] => value3

)

[AssociatedModelName] =>

Array

(

[id] => 2

[field1] => value1

122 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

[field2] => value2

[field3] => value3

)

...

[children] =>

Array

(

)

The order results appear can be changed as it is influenced by the order of processing. For example, if

’order’ => ’name ASC’ is passed in the params to find(’threaded’), the results will appear in name order. Likewise any order can be used, there is no inbuilt requirement of this method for the top result to be returned first.

Warning: If you specify fields, you need to always include the parent_id (or its current alias):

public function

some_function () {

$categories = $this -> Category -> find ( ’threaded’ ,

array

(

’fields’ =>

array

( ’id’ , ’name’ , ’parent_id’ )

));

}

Otherwise the returned array will not be of the expected nested structure from above.

find(‘neighbors’)

find(’neighbors’, $params) will perform a find similar to ‘first’, but will return the row before and after the one you request. Below is a simple (controller code) example:

public function

some_function () {

$neighbors = $this -> Article -> find ( ’neighbors’ ,

array

( ’field’ => ’id’ , ’value’ => 3 ));

}

You can see in this example the two required elements of the $params array: field and value. Other elements are still allowed as with any other find (Ex: If your model acts as containable, then you can specify

‘contain’ in $params). The format returned from a find(’neighbors’) call is in the form:

Array

(

[ prev ] =>

Array

(

[ModelName] =>

Array

(

[id] => 2

[field1] => value1

[field2] => value2

...

More on models 123

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

)

[AssociatedModelName] =>

Array

(

[id] => 151

[field1] => value1

[field2] => value2

...

)

[ next ] =>

Array

(

[ModelName] =>

Array

(

[id] => 4

[field1] => value1

)

[AssociatedModelName] =>

Array

(

[field2] => value2

...

[id] => 122

[field1] => value1

[field2] => value2

...

)

Note: Note how the result always contains only two root elements: prev and next. This function does not honor a model’s default recursive var. The recursive setting must be passed in the parameters on each call.

Creating custom find types

The find method is flexible enough to accept your custom finders, this is done by declaring your own types in a model variable and by implementing a special function in your model class.

A Model Find Type is a shortcut to find options. For example, the following two finds are equivalent

$this -> User -> find ( ’first’ );

$this -> User -> find ( ’all’ ,

array

( ’limit’ => 1 ));

The following are core find types:

• first

• all

• count

• list

• threaded

124 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

• neighbors

But what about other types? Let’s say you want a finder for all published articles in your database. The first change you need to do is add your type to the Model::$findMethods variable in the model

class Article extends

AppModel {

public

$findMethods =

array

( ’available’ =>

true

);

}

Basically this is just telling CakePHP to accept the value available as the first argument of the find function. Next step is to implement the function _findAvailable. This is done by convention, if you wanted to implement a finder called myFancySearch then the method to implement would be named

_findMyFancySearch

class Article extends

AppModel {

public

$findMethods =

array

( ’available’ =>

true

);

protected function

_findAvailable ( $state , $query , $results =

array

()) {

( $state == ’before’ ) {

$query [ ’conditions’ ][ ’Article.published’ ] =

true

;

return

$query ;

}

return

$results ;

}

This all comes together in the following example (controller code):

class ArticlesController extends

AppController {

// Will find all published articles and order them by the created column

public function

index () {

$articles = $this -> Article -> find ( ’available’ ,

array

(

’order’ =>

array

( ’created’ => ’desc’ )

));

}

The special _find[Type] methods receive 3 arguments as shown above. The first one means the state of the query execution, which could be either before or after. It is done this way because this function is just a sort of callback function that has the ability to modify the query before it is done, or to modify the results after they are fetched.

Typically the first thing to check in our custom find function is the state of the query. The before state is the moment to modify the query, bind new associations, apply more behaviors, and interpret any special key that is passed in the second argument of find. This state requires you to return the $query argument

(modified or not).

The after state is the perfect place to inspect the results, inject new data, process it to return it in another format, or do whatever you like to the recently fetched data. This state requires you to return the $results array (modified or not).

You can create as many custom finders as you like, and they are a great way of reusing code in your

More on models 125

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

application across models.

It is also possible to paginate via a custom find type as follows:

class ArticlesController extends

AppController {

// Will paginate all published articles

public function

index () {

$this -> paginate =

array

( ’available’ );

$articles = $this -> paginate ();

$this -> set ( compact ( ’articles’ ));

}

Setting the $this->paginate property as above on the controller will result in the type of the find becoming available, and will also allow you to continue to modify the find results.

If your pagination page count is becoming corrupt, it may be necessary to add the following code to your

AppModel

, which should fix pagination count:

class AppModel extends

Model {

/**

* Removes ’fields’ key from count query on custom finds when it is an array,

* as it will completely break the Model::_findCount() call

* @param string $state Either "before" or "after"

* @param array $query

* @param array $results

* @return int The number of records found, or false

* @access protected

* @see Model::find()

protected function

_findCount ( $state , $query , $results =

array

()) {

( $state === ’before’ ) {

( isset ( $query [ ’type’ ]) && isset ( $this -> findMethods [ $query [ ’type’ ]])) {

$query = $this -> { ’_find’ .

ucfirst ( $query [ ’type’ ])}( ’before’ , $query );

( !

empty

( $query [ ’fields’ ]) && is_array ( $query [ ’fields’ ])) {

( !

preg_match ( ’/^count/i’ , current ( $query [ ’fields’ ]))) { unset ( $query [ ’fields’ ]);

}

return parent

:: _findCount ( $state , $query , $results );

}

Changed in version 2.2. You no longer need to override _findCount for fixing incorrect count results.

The ’before’ state of your custom finder will now be called again with $query[’operation’] = ‘count’.

The returned $query will be used in _findCount() If needed you can distinguish by checking for

126 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

’operation’ key and return a different $query:

protected function

_findAvailable ( $state , $query , $results =

array

()) {

( $state == ’before’ ) {

$query [ ’conditions’ ][ ’Article.published’ ] =

true

;

( !

empty

( $query [ ’operation’ ]) && $query [ ’operation’ ] == ’count’ ) {

return

$query ;

}

$query [ ’joins’ ] =

array

(

//array of required joins

);

return

$query ;

}

return

$results ;

}

Magic Find Types

These magic functions can be used as a shortcut to search your tables by a certain field. Just add the name of the field (in CamelCase format) to the end of these functions, and supply the criteria for that field as the first parameter.

findAllBy() functions will return results in a format like find(’all’), while findBy() return in the same format as find(’first’)

findAllBy

findAllBy<fieldName>(string $value, array $fields, array $order, int

$limit, int $page, int $recursive) findAllBy<x> Example Corresponding SQL Fragment

$this->Product->findAllByOrderStatus(’3’); Product.order_status = 3

$this->Recipe->findAllByType(’Cookie’); Recipe.type = ’Cookie’

$this->User->findAllByLastName(’Anderson’);User.last_name =

’Anderson’

$this->Cake->findAllById(7); Cake.id = 7

’jhon’); User.username = ’jhon’;

’123’);

$this->User->findAllByLastName(’psychic’, array(), array(’User.user_name =>

’asc’));

User.password = ’123’;

User.last_name = ’psychic’

ORDER BY User.user_name

ASC

The returned result is an array formatted just as it would be from find(’all’).

findBy

findBy<fieldName>(string $value);

More on models 127

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

The findBy magic functions also accept some optional parameters: findBy<fieldName>(string $value[, mixed $fields[, mixed $order]]); findBy<x> Example Corresponding SQL Fragment

$this->Recipe->findByType(’Cookie’); Recipe.type = ’Cookie’

’jhon’); User.username = ’jhon’;

’123’);

$this->Cake->findById(7); findBy() functions return results like find(’first’)

User.password = ’123’;

Cake.id = 7

Model::query()

query(string $query)

SQL calls that you can’t or don’t want to make via other model methods (this should only rarely be necessary) can be made using the model’s query() method.

If you’re ever using this method in your application, be sure to check out CakePHP’s

Data Sanitization ,

which aids in cleaning up user-provided data from injection and cross-site scripting attacks.

Note: query() does not honor $Model->cacheQueries as its functionality is inherently disjoint from that of the calling model.

To avoid caching calls to query, supply a second argument of false, ie: query($query, $cachequeries = false) query() uses the table name in the query as the array key for the returned data, rather than the model name. For example:

$this -> Picture -> query ( "SELECT * FROM pictures LIMIT 2;" ); might return:

Array

(

[ 0 ] =>

Array

(

[pictures] =>

Array

(

[id] => 1304

[user_id] => 759

)

[ 1 ] =>

Array

(

[pictures] =>

Array

128 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

(

[id] => 1305

[user_id] => 759

)

To use the model name as the array key, and get a result consistent with that returned by the Find methods, the query can be rewritten:

$this -> Picture -> query ( "SELECT * FROM pictures AS Picture LIMIT 2;" ); which returns:

Array

(

[ 0 ] =>

Array

(

[Picture] =>

Array

(

[id] => 1304

[user_id] => 759

)

[ 1 ] =>

Array

(

[Picture] =>

Array

(

[id] => 1305

[user_id] => 759

)

Note: This syntax and the corresponding array structure is valid for MySQL only. Cake does not provide any data abstraction when running queries manually, so exact results will vary between databases.

Model::field()

field(string $name, array $conditions = null, string $order = null)

Returns the value of a single field, specified as $name, from the first record matched by $conditions as ordered by $order. If no conditions are passed and the model id is set, will return the field value for the current model result. If no matching record is found returns false.

$this -> Post -> id = 22 ;

echo

$this -> Post -> field ( ’name’ ); // echo the name for row id 22

echo

$this -> Post -> field ( ’name’ ,

array

( ’created <’ => date ( ’Y-m-d H:i:s’ )), ’created DESC’ );

// echo the name of the last created instance

More on models 129

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Model::read()

read($fields, $id) read() is a method used to set the current model data (Model::$data)–such as during edits–but it can also be used in other circumstances to retrieve a single record from the database.

$fields is used to pass a single field name, as a string, or an array of field names; if left empty, all fields will be fetched.

$id specifies the ID of the record to be read. By default, the currently selected record, as specified by

Model::$id

, is used. Passing a different value to $id will cause that record to be selected.

read() always returns an array (even if only a single field name is requested). Use field to retrieve the value of a single field.

Warning: As the read method overwrites any information stored in the data and id property of the model, you should be very careful when using this function in general, especially using it in the model callback functions such as beforeValidate and beforeSave. Generally the find function provides a more robust and easy to work with API than the read method.

Complex Find Conditions

Most of the model’s find calls involve passing sets of conditions in one way or another. In general CakePHP prefers using arrays for expressing any conditions that needs to be put after the WHERE clause in any SQL query.

Using arrays is clearer and easier to read, and also makes it very easy to build queries. This syntax also breaks out the elements of your query (fields, values, operators, etc.) into discrete, manipulatable parts.

This allows CakePHP to generate the most efficient query possible, ensure proper SQL syntax, and properly escape each individual part of the query. Using the array syntax also enables CakePHP to secure your queries against any SQL injection attack

At its most basic, an array-based query looks like this:

$conditions =

array

( "Post.title" => "This is a post" , "Post.author_id" => 1 );

// Example usage with a model:

$this -> Post -> find ( ’first’ ,

array

( ’conditions’ => $conditions ));

The structure here is fairly self-explanatory: it will find any post where the title equals “This is a post”. Note that we could have used just “title” as the field name, but when building queries, it is good practice to always specify the model name, as it improves the clarity of the code, and helps prevent collisions in the future, should you choose to change your schema.

What about other types of matches? These are equally simple. Let’s say we wanted to find all the posts where the title is not “This is a post”:

array

( "Post.title !=" => "This is a post" )

Notice the ‘!=’ that follows the field name. CakePHP can parse out any valid SQL comparison operator, including match expressions using LIKE, BETWEEN, or REGEX, as long as you leave a space between

130 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

field name and the operator. The one exception here is IN (...)-style matches. Let’s say you wanted to find posts where the title was in a given set of values:

array

(

"Post.title" =>

array

( "First post" , "Second post" , "Third post" )

)

To do a NOT IN(...) match to find posts where the title is not in the given set of values:

array

(

"NOT" =>

array

( "Post.title" =>

array

( "First post" , "Second post" , "Third post" ))

)

Adding additional filters to the conditions is as simple as adding additional key/value pairs to the array:

array

(

"Post.title" =>

array

( "First post" , "Second post" , "Third post" ),

"Post.created >" => date ( ’Y-m-d’ , strtotime ( "-2 weeks" ))

)

You can also create finds that compare two fields in the database:

array

( "Post.created = Post.modified" )

This above example will return posts where the created date is equal to the modified date (ie it will return posts that have never been modified).

Remember that if you find yourself unable to form a WHERE clause in this method (ex. boolean operations), you can always specify it as a string like:

array

(

’Model.field & 8 = 1’ ,

// other conditions as usual

)

By default, CakePHP joins multiple conditions with boolean AND; which means, the snippet above would only match posts that have been created in the past two weeks, and have a title that matches one in the given set. However, we could just as easily find posts that match either condition:

array

( "OR" =>

array

(

"Post.title" =>

array

( "First post" , "Second post" , "Third post" ),

"Post.created >" => date ( ’Y-m-d’ , strtotime ( "-2 weeks" ))

))

Cake accepts all valid SQL boolean operations, including AND, OR, NOT, XOR, etc., and they can be upper or lower case, whichever you prefer. These conditions are also infinitely nest-able. Let’s say you had a belongsTo relationship between Posts and Authors. Let’s say you wanted to find all the posts that contained a certain keyword (“magic”) or were created in the past two weeks, but you want to restrict your search to posts written by Bob:

array

(

"Author.name" => "Bob" ,

"OR" =>

array

(

"Post.title LIKE" => "%magic%" ,

More on models 131

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

"Post.created >" => date ( ’Y-m-d’ , strtotime ( "-2 weeks" ))

)

If you need to set multiple conditions on the same field, like when you want to do a LIKE search with multiple terms, you can do so by using conditions similar to:

array

( ’OR’ =>

array

(

array

( ’Post.title LIKE’ => ’%one%’ ),

array

( ’Post.title LIKE’ => ’%two%’ )

))

Cake can also check for null fields. In this example, the query will return records where the post title is not null:

array

( "NOT" =>

array

(

"Post.title" =>

null

)

To handle BETWEEN queries, you can use the following:

array

( ’Post.read_count BETWEEN ? AND ?’ =>

array

( 1 , 10 ))

Note: CakePHP will quote the numeric values depending on the field type in your DB.

How about GROUP BY?:

array

(

’fields’ =>

array

(

’Product.type’ ,

’MIN(Product.price) as price’

’group’ => ’Product.type’

)

The data returned for this would be in the following format:

Array

(

[ 0 ] =>

Array

(

[Product] =>

Array

(

[type] => Clothing

)

[ 0 ] =>

Array

(

[price] => 32

)

[ 1 ] =>

Array

...

132 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

A quick example of doing a DISTINCT query. You can use other operators, such as MIN(), MAX(), etc., in a similar fashion:

array

(

’fields’ =>

array

( ’DISTINCT (User.name) AS my_column_name’ ),

’order’ = >

array

( ’User.id DESC’ )

)

You can create very complex conditions, by nesting multiple condition arrays:

array

(

’OR’ =>

array

(

array

( ’Company.name’ => ’Future Holdings’ ),

array

( ’Company.city’ => ’CA’ )

’AND’ =>

array

(

array

(

’OR’ =>

array

(

array

( ’Company.status’ => ’active’ ),

’NOT’ =>

array

(

array

( ’Company.status’ =>

array

( ’inactive’ , ’suspended’ ))

)

Which produces the following SQL:

SELECT ‘Company‘ .

‘id‘ , ‘Company‘ .

‘name‘ ,

‘Company‘ .

‘description‘ , ‘Company‘ .

‘location‘ ,

‘Company‘ .

‘created‘ , ‘Company‘ .

‘status‘ , ‘Company‘ .

‘size‘

FROM

‘companies‘

‘Company‘

WHERE

(( ‘Company‘ .

‘name‘ = ’Future Holdings’ )

AND

( ‘Company‘ .

‘name‘ = ’Steel Mega Works’ ))

(( ‘Company‘ .

‘status‘ = ’active’ )

(

NOT

( ‘Company‘ .

‘status‘ IN ( ’inactive’ , ’suspended’ ))))

Sub-queries

For this example, imagine we have a “users” table with “id”, “name” and “status”. The status can be “A”,

“B” or “C”. And we want to get all the users that have status other than “B” using sub-query.

In order to achieve that we are going to get the model data source and ask it to build the query as if we were calling a find method, but it will just return the SQL statement. After that we make an expression and add it to the conditions array:

More on models 133

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

$conditionsSubQuery [ ’"User2"."status"’ ] = ’B’ ;

$db = $this -> User -> getDataSource ();

$subQuery = $db -> buildStatement (

array

(

’fields’

’table’

’alias’

’limit’

’offset’

’joins’

array

( ’"User2"."id"’ ),

$db ->

null

array

fullTableName

=> ’User2’ ,

(),

( $this

’conditions’ => $conditionsSubQuery ,

-> User ),

’order’

’group’

$this -> User

null

);

$subQuery = ’ "User"."id" NOT IN (’ .

$subQuery .

’) ’ ;

$subQueryExpression = $db -> expression ( $subQuery );

$conditions [] = $subQueryExpression ;

$this -> User -> find ( ’all’ , compact ( ’conditions’ ));

This should generate the following SQL:

SELECT

"User" .

"id"

"User__id" ,

"User" .

"name"

"User__name" ,

"User" .

"status"

"User__status"

FROM

"users"

"User"

WHERE

"User" .

"id"

NOT

IN (

SELECT

FROM

"User2" .

"id"

"users"

"User2"

WHERE

"User2" .

"status" = ’B’

)

Also, if you need to pass just part of your query as raw SQL as the above, datasource expressions with raw

SQL work for any part of the find query.

Prepared Statements

Should you need even more control over your queries, you can make use of prepared statements. This allows you to talk directly to the database driver and send any custom query you like:

$db = $this -> getDataSource ();

$db -> fetchAll (

134 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

’SELECT * from users where username = ? AND password = ?’ ,

array

( ’jhon’ , ’12345’ )

);

$db -> fetchAll (

’SELECT * from users where username = :username AND password = :password’ ,

array

( ’username’ => ’jhon’ , ’password’ => ’12345’ )

);

Saving Your Data

CakePHP makes saving model data a snap. Data ready to be saved should be passed to the model’s save() method using the following basic format:

Array

(

[ModelName] =>

Array

(

[fieldname1] => ’value’

[fieldname2] => ’value’

)

Most of the time you won’t even need to worry about this format: CakePHP’s

FormHelper

, and model find

methods all package data in this format. If you’re using either of the helpers, the data is also conveniently available in $this->request->data for quick usage.

Here’s a quick example of a controller action that uses a CakePHP model to save data to a database table:

public function

edit ( $id ) {

// Has any form data been POSTed?

( $this -> request -> is ( ’post’ )) {

// If the form data can be validated and saved...

( $this -> Recipe -> save ( $this -> request -> data )) {

// Set a session flash message and redirect.

$this -> Session -> setFlash ( ’Recipe Saved!’ );

$this -> redirect ( ’/recipes’ );

}

// If no form data, find the recipe to be edited

// and hand it to the view.

$this -> set ( ’recipe’ , $this -> Recipe -> findById ( $id ));

}

When save is called, the data passed to it in the first parameter is validated using CakePHP validation mechanism (see

Data Validation

chapter for more information). If for some reason your data isn’t saving, be sure to check to see if some validation rules are being broken. You can debug this situation by outputting

Model::$validationErrors

( $this -> Recipe -> save ( $this -> request -> data )) {

// handle the success.

More on models 135

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

} debug( $this -> Recipe -> validationErrors );

There are a few other save-related methods in the model that you’ll find useful:

Model::set($one, $two = null)

Model::set() can be used to set one or many fields of data to the data array inside a model. This is useful when using models with the ActiveRecord features offered by Model:

$this -> Post -> read (

null

, 1 );

$this -> Post -> set ( ’title’ , ’New title for the article’ );

$this -> Post -> save ();

Is an example of how you can use set() to update and save single fields, in an ActiveRecord approach.

You can also use set() to assign new values to multiple fields:

$this -> Post -> read (

null

, 1 );

$this -> Post -> set (

array

(

’title’ => ’New title’ ,

’published’ =>

false

));

$this -> Post -> save ();

The above would update the title and published fields and save them to the database.

Model::save(array $data = null, boolean $validate = true, array

$fieldList = array())

Featured above, this method saves array-formatted data. The second parameter allows you to sidestep validation, and the third allows you to supply a list of model fields to be saved. For added security, you can limit the saved fields to those listed in $fieldList.

Note: If $fieldList is not supplied, a malicious user can add additional fields to the form data (if you are not using

SecurityComponent

), and by this change fields that were not originally intended to be

changed.

The save method also has an alternate syntax: save(

array

$data =

null

array

$params =

array

())

$params array can have any of the following available options as keys:

• validate Set to true/false to enable disable validation.

• fieldList An array of fields you want to allow for saving.

• callbacks Set to false to disable callbacks. Using ‘before’ or ‘after’ will enable only those callbacks.

136 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

More information about model callbacks is available

here

Tip: If you don’t want the updated field to be updated when saving some data add ’updated’ => false to your $data array

Once a save has been completed, the ID for the object can be found in the $id attribute of the model object

- something especially handy when creating new objects.

$this -> Ingredient -> save ( $newData );

$newIngredientId = $this -> Ingredient -> id ;

Creating or updating is controlled by the model’s id field. If $Model->id is set, the record with this primary key is updated. Otherwise a new record is created:

// Create: id isn’t set or is null

$this -> Recipe -> create ();

$this -> Recipe -> save ( $this -> request -> data );

// Update: id is set to a numerical value

$this -> Recipe -> id = 2 ;

$this -> Recipe -> save ( $this -> request -> data );

Tip: When calling save in a loop, don’t forget to call create().

If you want to update a value, rather than create a new one, make sure your are passing the primary key field into the data array:

$data =

array

( ’id’ => 10 , ’title’ => ’My new title’ );

// This will update Recipe with id 10

$this -> Recipe -> save ( $data );

Model::create(array $data = array())

This method resets the model state for saving new information. It does not actually create a record in the database but clears Model::$id if previously set and sets the default values in Model::$data based on your database field defaults.

If the $data parameter (using the array format outlined above) is passed, the model instance will be ready to save with that data (accessible at $this->data).

If false is passed instead of an array, the model instance will not initialize fields from the model schema that are not already set, it will only reset fields that have already been set, and leave the rest unset. Use this to avoid updating fields in the database that were already set.

Tip: If you want to insert a new row instead of updating an existing one you should always call create() first. This avoids conflicts with possible prior save calls in callbacks or other places.

More on models 137

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Model::saveField(string $fieldName, string $fieldValue, $validate = false)

Used to save a single field value. Set the ID of the model ($this->ModelName->id = $id) just before calling saveField(). When using this method, $fieldName should only contain the name of the field, not the name of the model and field.

For example, to update the title of a blog post, the call to saveField from a controller might look something like this:

$this -> Post -> saveField ( ’title’ , ’A New Title for a New Day’ );

Warning: You can’t stop the updated field being updated with this method, you need to use the save() method.

The saveField method also has an alternate syntax: saveField(string $fieldName , string $fieldValue ,

array

$params =

array

())

$params array can have any of the following available options as keys:

• validate Set to true/false to enable disable validation.

• callbacks Set to false to disable callbacks. Using ‘before’ or ‘after’ will enable only those callbacks.

Model::updateAll(array $fields, array $conditions)

Updates one or more records in a single call. Records to be updated are identified by the $conditions array, and fields to be updated, along with their values, are identified by the $fields array.

For example, to approve all bakers who have been members for over a year, the update call might look something like:

$this_year = date ( ’Y-m-d h:i:s’ , strtotime ( ’-1 year’ ));

$this -> Baker -> updateAll (

array

( ’Baker.approved’ =>

true

array

( ’Baker.created <=’ => $this_year )

);

Tip:

The $fields array accepts SQL expressions.

Literal values should be quoted manually using

Sanitize::escape()

Note: Even if the modified field exists for the model being updated, it is not going to be updated automatically by the ORM. Just add it manually to the array if you need it to be updated.

For example, to close all tickets that belong to a certain customer:

138 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

$this -> Ticket -> updateAll (

array

( ’Ticket.status’ => "’closed’" ),

array

( ’Ticket.customer_id’ => 453 )

);

By default, updateAll() will automatically join any belongsTo association for databases that support joins.

To prevent this, temporarily unbind the associations.

Model::saveMany(array $data = null, array $options = array())

Method used to save multiple rows of the same model at once. The following options may be used:

• validate: Set to false to disable validation, true to validate each record before saving, ‘first’ to validate all records before any are saved (default),

• atomic: If true (default), will attempt to save all records in a single transaction. Should be set to false if database/table does not support transactions.

• fieldList: Equivalent to the $fieldList parameter in Model::save()

• deep: (since 2.1) If set to true, also associated data is saved, see also saveAssociated

For saving multiple records of single model, $data needs to be a numerically indexed array of records like this:

$data =

array

(

array

( ’title’ => ’title 1’ ),

array

( ’title’ => ’title 2’ ),

);

Note: Note that we are passing numerical indices instead of usual $data containing the Article key. When saving multiple records of same model the records arrays should be just numerically indexed without the model key.

It is also acceptable to have the data in the following format:

$data =

array

(

array

( ’Article’ =>

array

( ’title’ => ’title 1’ )),

array

( ’Article’ =>

array

( ’title’ => ’title 2’ )),

);

To save also associated data with $options[’deep’] = true (since 2.1), the two above examples would look like:

$data =

array

(

array

( ’title’ => ’title 1’ , ’Assoc’ =>

array

( ’field’ => ’value’ )),

array

( ’title’ => ’title 2’ ),

);

$data =

array

(

array

( ’Article’ =>

array

( ’title’ => ’title 1’ ), ’Assoc’ =>

array

( ’field’ => ’value’ )),

array

( ’Article’ =>

array

( ’title’ => ’title 2’ )),

More on models 139

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

);

$Model -> saveMany ( $data ,

array

( ’deep’ =>

true

));

Keep in mind that if you want to update a record instead of creating a new one you just need to add the primary key index to the data row:

$data =

array

(

array

( ’Article’ =>

array

( ’title’ => ’New article’ )), // This creates a new row

array

( ’Article’ =>

array

( ’id’ => 2 , ’title’ => ’title 2’ )), // This updates an existing row

);

Model::saveAssociated(array $data = null, array $options = array())

Method used to save multiple model associations at once. The following options may be used:

• validate: Set to false to disable validation, true to validate each record before saving, ‘first’ to validate all records before any are saved (default),

• atomic: If true (default), will attempt to save all records in a single transaction. Should be set to false if database/table does not support transactions.

• fieldList: Equivalent to the $fieldList parameter in Model::save()

• deep: (since 2.1) If set to true, not only directly associated data is saved, but deeper nested associated data as well. Defaults to false.

For saving a record along with its related record having a hasOne or belongsTo association, the data array should be like this:

$data =

array

(

’User’ =>

array

( ’username’ => ’billy’ ),

’Profile’ =>

array

( ’sex’ => ’Male’ , ’occupation’ => ’Programmer’ ),

);

For saving a record along with its related records having hasMany association, the data array should be like this:

$data =

array

(

’Article’ =>

array

( ’title’ => ’My first article’ ),

’Comment’ =>

array

(

array

( ’body’ => ’Comment 1’ , ’user_id’ => 1 ),

array

( ’body’ => ’Comment 2’ , ’user_id’ => 12 ),

array

( ’body’ => ’Comment 3’ , ’user_id’ => 40 ),

);

And for saving a record along with its related records having hasMany with more than two levels deep associations, the data array should be as follow:

$data =

array

(

’User’ =>

array

( ’email’ => ’[email protected]’ ),

’Cart’ =>

array

(

array

(

140 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

);

)

’payment_status_id’ => 2 ,

’total_cost’ => 250 ,

’CartItem’ =>

array

(

array

(

’cart_product_id’ => 3 ,

’quantity’ => 1 ,

’cost’ => 100 ,

array

(

’cart_product_id’ => 5 ,

’quantity’ => 1 ,

’cost’ => 150 ,

)

Note: If successful, the foreign key of the main model will be stored in the related models’ id field, i.e.

$this->RelatedModel->id .

Warning: Be careful when checking saveAssociated calls with atomic option set to false. It returns an array instead of boolean.

Changed in version 2.1: You can now save deeper associated data as well with setting

$options[’deep’] = true;

For saving a record along with its related records having hasMany association and deeper associated Comment belongsTo User data as well, the data array should be like this:

$data =

array

(

’Article’ =>

array

( ’title’ => ’My first article’ ),

’Comment’ =>

array

(

array

( ’body’ => ’Comment 1’ , ’user_id’ => 1 ),

array

( ’body’ => ’Save a new user as well’ , ’User’ =>

array

( ’first’ => ’mad’ , ’last’ => ’coder’ )),

);

And save this data with:

$Article -> saveAssociated ( $data ,

array

( ’deep’ =>

true

));

Changed in version 2.1: Model::saveAll() and friends now support passing the fieldList for multiple models. Example of using fieldList with multiple models:

$this -> SomeModel -> saveAll ( $data ,

array

(

’fieldList’ =>

array

(

’SomeModel’ =>

array

( ’field_1’ ),

’AssociatedModel’ =>

array

( ’field_2’ , ’field_3’ )

)

));

The fieldList will be an array of model aliases as keys and arrays with fields as values. The model names are not nested like in the data to be saved.

More on models 141

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Model::saveAll(array $data = null, array $options = array())

The saveAll function is just a wrapper around the saveMany and saveAssociated methods. it will inspect the data and determine what type of save it should perform. If data is formatted in a numerical indexed array, saveMany will be called, otherwise saveAssociated is used.

This function receives the same options as the former two, and is generally a backwards compatible function.

It is recommended using either saveMany or saveAssociated depending on the case.

Saving Related Model Data (hasOne, hasMany, belongsTo)

When working with associated models, it is important to realize that saving model data should always be done by the corresponding CakePHP model. If you are saving a new Post and its associated Comments, then you would use both Post and Comment models during the save operation.

If neither of the associated model records exists in the system yet (for example, you want to save a new User and their related Profile records at the same time), you’ll need to first save the primary, or parent model.

To get an idea of how this works, let’s imagine that we have an action in our UsersController that handles the saving of a new User and a related Profile. The example action shown below will assume that you’ve

POSTed enough data (using the FormHelper) to create a single User and a single Profile:

public function

add () {

( !

empty

( $this -> request -> data )) {

// We can save the User data:

// it should be in $this->request->data[’User’]

$user = $this -> User -> save ( $this -> request -> data );

// If the user was saved, Now we add this information to the data

// and save the Profile.

( !

empty

( $user )) {

// The ID of the newly created user has been set

// as $this->User->id.

$this -> request -> data [ ’Profile’ ][ ’user_id’ ] = $this -> User -> id ;

// Because our User hasOne Profile, we can access

// the Profile model through the User model:

$this -> User -> Profile -> save ( $this -> request -> data );

}

As a rule, when working with hasOne, hasMany, and belongsTo associations, it’s all about keying. The basic idea is to get the key from one model and place it in the foreign key field on the other. Sometimes this might involve using the $id attribute of the model class after a save(), but other times it might just involve gathering the ID from a hidden input on a form that’s just been POSTed to a controller action.

To supplement the basic approach used above, CakePHP also offers a very handy method saveAssociated()

, which allows you to validate and save multiple models in one shot. In addition,

142 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

saveAssociated() provides transactional support to ensure data integrity in your database (i.e. if one model fails to save, the other models will not be saved either).

Note: For transactions to work correctly in MySQL your tables must use InnoDB engine. Remember that

MyISAM tables do not support transactions.

Let’s see how we can use saveAssociated() to save Company and Account models at the same time.

First, you need to build your form for both Company and Account models (we’ll assume that Company hasMany Account):

echo

$this -> Form -> create ( ’Company’ ,

array

( ’action’ => ’add’ ));

echo

$this -> Form -> input ( ’Company.name’ ,

array

( ’label’ => ’Company name’ ));

echo

$this -> Form -> input ( ’Company.description’ );

echo

$this -> Form -> input ( ’Company.location’ );

echo

$this -> Form -> input ( ’Account.0.name’ ,

array

( ’label’ => ’Account name’ ));

echo

$this -> Form -> input ( ’Account.0.username’ );

echo

$this -> Form -> input ( ’Account.0.email’ );

echo

$this -> Form -> end ( ’Add’ );

Take a look at the way we named the form fields for the Account model. If Company is our main model, saveAssociated() will expect the related model’s (Account) data to arrive in a specific format. And having Account.0.fieldName is exactly what we need.

Note: The above field naming is required for a hasMany association. If the association between the models is hasOne, you have to use ModelName.fieldName notation for the associated model.

Now, in our CompaniesController we can create an add() action:

public function

add () {

( !

empty

( $this -> request -> data )) {

// Use the following to avoid validation errors: unset ( $this -> Company -> Account -> validate [ ’company_id’ ]);

$this -> Company -> saveAssociated ( $this -> request -> data );

}

That’s all there is to it. Now our Company and Account models will be validated and saved all at the same time. By default saveAssociated will validate all values passed and then try to perform a save for each.

Saving hasMany through data

Let’s see how data stored in a join table for two models is saved. As shown in the

hasMany through (The

Join Model)

section, the join table is associated to each model using a hasMany type of relationship. Our example involves the Head of Cake School asking us to write an application that allows him to log a student’s attendance on a course with days attended and grade. Take a look at the following code.:

More on models 143

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

// Controller/CourseMembershipController.php

class CourseMembershipsController extends

AppController {

public

$uses =

array

( ’CourseMembership’ );

public function

index () {

$this -> set ( ’courseMembershipsList’ , $this -> CourseMembership -> find ( ’all’ ));

}

public function

add () {

( $this -> request -> is ( ’post’ )) {

( $this -> CourseMembership -> saveAssociated ( $this -> request -> data )) {

$this -> redirect (

array

( ’action’ => ’index’ ));

}

// View/CourseMemberships/add.ctp

php

echo

$this -> Form -> create ( ’CourseMembership’ ); ?>

<?php echo $this -> Form -> input ( ’Student.first_name’ ); ?>

<?php echo $this -> Form -> input ( ’Student.last_name’ ); ?>

<?php echo $this -> Form -> input ( ’Course.name’ ); ?>

<?php echo $this -> Form -> input ( ’CourseMembership.days_attended’ ); ?>

<?php echo $this -> Form -> input ( ’CourseMembership.grade’ ); ?>

<?php echo $this -> Form -> end (); ?>

The data array will look like this when submitted.:

Array

(

[Student] =>

Array

(

[first_name] => Joe

[last_name] => Bloggs

)

[Course] =>

Array

(

[name] => Cake

)

[CourseMembership] =>

Array

(

[days_attended] => 5

[grade] => A

)

Cake will happily be able to save the lot together and assign the foreign keys of the Student and Course into

CourseMembership with a saveAssociated call with this data structure. If we run the index action of our

144 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

CourseMembershipsController the data structure received now from a find(‘all’) is:

Array

(

[ 0 ] =>

Array

(

[CourseMembership] =>

Array

(

[id] => 1

[student_id] => 1

[course_id] => 1

[days_attended] => 5

[grade] => A

)

[Student] =>

Array

(

[id] => 1

[first_name] => Joe

[last_name] => Bloggs

)

[Course] =>

Array

(

[id] => 1

[name] => Cake

)

There are of course many ways to work with a join model. The version above assumes you want to save everything at-once. There will be cases where you want to create the Student and Course independently and at a later point associate the two together with a CourseMembership. So you might have a form that allows selection of existing students and courses from pick lists or ID entry and then the two meta-fields for the

CourseMembership, e.g.:

// View/CourseMemberships/add.ctp

php

echo

$this -> Form -> create ( ’CourseMembership’ ); ?>

<?php echo $this -> Form -> input ( ’Student.id’ ,

array

( ’type’ => ’text’ , ’label’ => ’Student ID’ , ’default’ => 1 )); ?>

<?php echo $this -> Form -> input ( ’Course.id’ ,

array

( ’type’ => ’text’ , ’label’ => ’Course ID’ , ’default’ => 1 )); ?>

<?php echo $this -> Form -> input ( ’CourseMembership.days_attended’ ); ?>

<?php echo $this -> Form -> input ( ’CourseMembership.grade’ ); ?>

<?php echo $this -> Form -> end (); ?>

And the resultant POST:

Array

(

[Student] =>

Array

(

[id] => 1

)

More on models 145

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

[Course] =>

Array

(

[id] => 1

)

[CourseMembership] =>

Array

(

[days_attended] => 10

[grade] => 5

)

Again Cake is good to us and pulls the Student id and Course id into the CourseMembership with the saveAssociated .

Saving Related Model Data (HABTM)

Saving models that are associated by hasOne, belongsTo, and hasMany is pretty simple: you just populate the foreign key field with the ID of the associated model. Once that’s done, you just call the save() method on the model, and everything gets linked up correctly. An example of the required format for the data array passed to save() for the Tag model is shown below:

Array

(

[Recipe] =>

Array

(

[id] => 42

)

[Tag] =>

Array

(

[name] => Italian

)

You can also use this format to save several records and their HABTM associations with saveAll(), using an array like the following:

Array

(

[ 0 ] =>

Array

(

[Recipe] =>

Array

(

[id] => 42

)

[Tag] =>

Array

(

[name] => Italian

)

[ 1 ] =>

Array

)

146 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

(

[Recipe] =>

Array

(

[id] => 42

)

[Tag] =>

Array

(

[name] => Pasta

)

[ 2 ] =>

Array

(

)

[Recipe] =>

Array

(

[id] => 51

)

[Tag] =>

Array

(

[name] => Mexican

)

[ 3 ] =>

Array

(

)

[Recipe] =>

Array

(

[id] => 17

)

[Tag] =>

Array

(

[name] => American (

new

)

Passing the above array to saveAll() will create the contained tags, each associated with their respective recipes.

As an example, we’ll build a form that creates a new tag and generates the proper data array to associate it on the fly with some recipe.

The simplest form might look something like this (we’ll assume that $recipe_id is already set to something):

php

echo

$this -> Form -> create ( ’Tag’ ); ?>

<?php echo $this -> Form -> input (

’Recipe.id’ ,

array

( ’type’ => ’hidden’ , ’value’ => $recipe_id )

); ?>

<?php echo $this -> Form -> input ( ’Tag.name’ ); ?>

<?php echo $this -> Form -> end ( ’Add Tag’ ); ?>

In this example, you can see the Recipe.id hidden field whose value is set to the ID of the recipe we want to link the tag to.

More on models 147

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

When the save() method is invoked within the controller, it’ll automatically save the HABTM data to the database:

public function

add () {

// Save the association

( $this -> Tag -> save ( $this -> request -> data )) {

// do something on success

}

With the preceding code, our new Tag is created and associated with a Recipe, whose ID was set in

$this->request->data[’Recipe’][’id’]

Other ways we might want to present our associated data can include a select drop down list. The data can be pulled from the model using the find(’list’) method and assigned to a view variable of the model name. An input with the same name will automatically pull in this data into a <select>:

// in the controller:

$this -> set ( ’tags’ , $this -> Recipe -> Tag -> find ( ’list’ ));

// in the view:

$this -> Form -> input ( ’tags’ );

A more likely scenario with a HABTM relationship would include a <select> set to allow multiple selections. For example, a Recipe can have multiple Tags assigned to it. In this case, the data is pulled out of the model the same way, but the form input is declared slightly different. The tag name is defined using the ModelName convention:

// in the controller:

$this -> set ( ’tags’ , $this -> Recipe -> Tag -> find ( ’list’ ));

// in the view:

$this -> Form -> input ( ’Tag’ );

Using the preceding code, a multiple select drop down is created, allowing for multiple choices to automatically be saved to the existing Recipe being added or saved to the database.

Self HABTM Normally HABTM is used to bring 2 models together but it can also be used with only 1 model, though it requires some extra attention.

The key is in the model setup the className. Simply adding a Project HABTM Project relation causes issues saving data. By setting the className to the models name and use the alias as key we avoid those issues.:

class Project extends

AppModel {

public

$hasAndBelongsToMany =

array

(

’RelatedProject’ =>

array

(

’className’

’foreignKey’

=> ’Project’ ,

=> ’projects_a_id’ ,

’associationForeignKey’ => ’projects_b_id’ ,

);

}

148 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Creating form elements and saving the data works the same as before but you use the alias instead. This:

$this -> set ( ’projects’ , $this -> Project -> find ( ’list’ ));

$this -> Form -> input ( ’Project’ );

Becomes this:

$this -> set ( ’relatedProjects’ , $this -> Project -> find ( ’list’ ));

$this -> Form -> input ( ’RelatedProject’ );

What to do when HABTM becomes complicated?

By default when saving a HasAndBelongsToMany relationship, Cake will delete all rows on the join table before saving new ones. For example if you have a

Club that has 10 Children associated. You then update the Club with 2 children. The Club will only have 2

Children, not 12.

Also note that if you want to add more fields to the join (when it was created or meta information) this is possible with HABTM join tables, but it is important to understand that you have an easy option.

HasAndBelongsToMany between two models is in reality shorthand for three models associated through both a hasMany and a belongsTo association.

Consider this example:

Child hasAndBelongsToMany Club

Another way to look at this is adding a Membership model:

Child hasMany Membership

Membership belongsTo Child, Club

Club hasMany Membership .

These two examples are almost the exact same. They use the same amount of named fields in the database and the same amount of models. The important differences are that the “join” model is named differently and its behavior is more predictable.

Tip:

When your join table contains extra fields besides two foreign keys, you can prevent losing the extra field values by setting ’unique’ array key to ’keepExisting’. You could think of this similar to ‘unique’ => true, but without losing data from the extra fields during save operation. See:

HABTM association arrays .

However, in most cases it’s easier to make a model for the join table and setup hasMany, belongsTo associations as shown in example above instead of using HABTM association.

Datatables

While CakePHP can have datasources that aren’t database driven, most of the time, they are. CakePHP is designed to be agnostic and will work with MySQL, MSSQL, PostgreSQL and others. You can create your database tables as you normally would. When you create your Model classes, they’ll automatically map to the tables that you’ve created. Table names are by convention lowercase and pluralized with multi-word

More on models 149

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

table names separated by underscores. For example, a Model name of Ingredient expects the table name ingredients. A Model name of EventRegistration would expect a table name of event_registrations. CakePHP will inspect your tables to determine the data type of each field and uses this information to automate various features such as outputting form fields in the view. Field names are by convention lowercase and separated by underscores.

Using created and modified

By defining a created and/or modified field in your database table as datetime fields (default null),

CakePHP will recognize those fields and populate them automatically whenever a record is created or saved to the database (unless the data being saved already contains a value for these fields).

The created and modified fields will be set to the current date and time when the record is initially added.

The modified field will be updated with the current date and time whenever the existing record is saved.

If you have updated, created or modified data in your $this->data (e.g. from a Model::read or Model::set) before a Model::save() then the values will be taken from $this->data and not automagically updated. Either use unset($this->data[’Model’][’modified’]), etc. Alternatively you can override the

Model::save() to always do it for you:

class AppModel extends

Model {

public function

save ( $data =

null

, $validate =

true

, $fieldList =

array

()) {

// Clear modified field value before each save

$this -> set ( $data );

( isset ( $this -> data [ $this -> alias ][ ’modified’ ])) { unset ( $this -> data [ $this -> alias ][ ’modified’ ]);

}

return parent

:: save ( $this -> data , $validate , $fieldList );

}

Deleting Data

CakePHP’s Model class offers a few ways to delete records from your database.

delete

delete(int $id = null, boolean $cascade = true);

Deletes the record identified by $id. By default, also deletes records dependent on the record specified to be deleted.

For example, when deleting a User record that is tied to many Recipe records (User ‘hasMany’ or ‘hasAnd-

BelongsToMany’ Recipes):

• if $cascade is set to true, the related Recipe records are also deleted if the model’s dependent-value is set to true.

150 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

• if $cascade is set to false, the Recipe records will remain after the User has been deleted.

If your database supports foreign keys and cascading deletes, it’s often more efficient to rely on that feature than CakePHP’s cascading. The one benefit to using the cascade feature of Model::delete() is that it allows you to leverage behaviors and model callbacks:

$this -> Comment -> delete ( $this -> request -> data ( ’Comment.id’ ));

You can hook custom logic into the delete process using the beforeDelete and afterDelete callbacks present in both Models and Behaviors. See

Callback Methods

for more information.

deleteAll

deleteAll(mixed $conditions, $cascade = true, $callbacks = false) deleteAll() is similar to delete(), except that deleteAll() will delete all records that match the supplied conditions. The $conditions array should be supplied as a SQL fragment or array.

• conditions Conditions to match

• cascade Boolean, Set to true to delete records that depend on this record

• callbacks Boolean, Run callbacks

Return boolean True on success, false on failure.

Example:

// Delete with array conditions similar to find()

$this -> Comment -> deleteAll (

array

( ’Comment.spam’ =>

true

false

);

If you delete with either callbacks and/or cascade, rows will be found and then deleted. This will often result in more queries being issued.

Note: deleteAll() will return true even if no records are deleted, as the conditions for the delete query were successful and no matching records remain.

Data Validation

Data validation is an important part of any application, as it helps to make sure that the data in a Model conforms to the business rules of the application. For example, you might want to make sure that passwords are at least eight characters long, or ensure that usernames are unique. Defining validation rules makes form handling much, much easier.

There are many different aspects to the validation process. What we’ll cover in this section is the model side of things. Essentially: what happens when you call the save() method of your model. For more information about how to handle the displaying of validation errors, check out

FormHelper .

The first step to data validation is creating the validation rules in the Model.

To do that, use the

Model::validate array in the Model definition, for example:

More on models 151

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

class User extends

AppModel {

public

$validate =

array

();

}

In the example above, the $validate array is added to the User Model, but the array contains no validation rules. Assuming that the users table has login, password, email and born fields, the example below shows some simple validation rules that apply to those fields:

class User extends

AppModel {

public

$validate =

array

(

’login’ => ’alphaNumeric’ ,

’email’ => ’email’ ,

’born’ => ’date’

);

}

This last example shows how validation rules can be added to model fields. For the login field, only letters and numbers will be accepted, the email should be valid, and born should be a valid date. Defining validation rules enables CakePHP’s automagic showing of error messages in forms if the data submitted does not follow the defined rules.

CakePHP has many validation rules and using them can be quite easy. Some of the built-in rules allow you to verify the formatting of emails, URLs, and credit card numbers – but we’ll cover these in detail later on.

Here is a more complex validation example that takes advantage of some of these built-in validation rules:

class User extends

AppModel {

public

$validate =

array

(

’login’ =>

array

(

’alphaNumeric’ =>

array

(

’rule’ => ’alphaNumeric’ ,

’required’ =>

true

’message’ => ’Alphabets and numbers only’

’between’ =>

array

(

’rule’ =>

array

( ’between’ , 5 , 15 ),

’message’ => ’Between 5 to 15 characters’

)

’password’ =>

array

(

’rule’ =>

array

( ’minLength’ , ’8’ ),

’message’ => ’Minimum 8 characters long’

’email’ => ’email’ ,

’born’ =>

array

(

’rule’

’message’

=> ’date’ ,

=> ’Enter a valid date’

’allowEmpty’ =>

true

)

);

}

Two validation rules are defined for login: it should contain letters and numbers only, and its length should be between 5 and 15. The password field should be a minimum of 8 characters long. The email should

152 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

be a valid email address, and born should be a valid date. Also, notice how you can define specific error messages that CakePHP will use when these validation rules fail.

As the example above shows, a single field can have multiple validation rules. And if the built-in rules do not match your criteria, you can always add your own validation rules as required.

Now that you’ve seen the big picture on how validation works, let’s look at how these rules are defined in the model. There are three different ways that you can define validation rules: simple arrays, single rule per field, and multiple rules per field.

Simple Rules

As the name suggests, this is the simplest way to define a validation rule. The general syntax for defining rules this way is:

public

$validate =

array

( ’fieldName’ => ’ruleName’ );

Where, ‘fieldName’ is the name of the field the rule is defined for, and ‘ruleName’ is a pre-defined rule name, such as ‘alphaNumeric’, ‘email’ or ‘isUnique’.

For example, to ensure that the user is giving a well formatted email address, you could use this rule:

public

$validate =

array

( ’user_email’ => ’email’ );

One Rule Per Field

This definition technique allows for better control of how the validation rules work. But before we discuss that, let’s see the general usage pattern adding a rule for a single field:

public

$validate =

array

(

’fieldName1’ =>

array

(

’rule’ => ’ruleName’ , // or: array(’ruleName’, ’param1’, ’param2’ ...)

’required’ =>

true

’allowEmpty’ =>

false

’on’ => ’create’ , // or: ’update’

’message’ => ’Your Error Message’

)

);

The ‘rule’ key is required. If you only set ‘required’ => true, the form validation will not function correctly.

This is because ‘required’ is not actually a rule.

As you can see here, each field (only one field shown above) is associated with an array that contains five keys: ‘rule’, ‘required’, ‘allowEmpty’, ‘on’ and ‘message’. Let’s have a closer look at these keys.

rule

The ‘rule’ key defines the validation method and takes either a single value or an array. The specified ‘rule’ may be the name of a method in your model, a method of the core Validation class, or a regular expression.

For more information on the rules available by default, see

Core Validation Rules .

More on models 153

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

If the rule does not require any parameters, ‘rule’ can be a single value e.g.:

public

$validate =

array

(

’login’ =>

array

(

’rule’ => ’alphaNumeric’

)

);

If the rule requires some parameters (like the max, min or range), ‘rule’ should be an array:

public

$validate =

array

(

’password’ =>

array

(

’rule’ =>

array

( ’minLength’ , 8 )

)

);

Remember, the ‘rule’ key is required for array-based rule definitions.

required

This key accepts either a boolean, or create or update. Setting this key to true will make the field always required. While setting it to create or update will make the field required only for update or create operations. If ‘required’ is evaluated to true, the field must be present in the data array. For example, if the validation rule has been defined as follows:

public

$validate =

array

(

’login’ =>

array

(

’rule’ => ’alphaNumeric’ ,

’required’ =>

true

)

);

The data sent to the model’s save() method must contain data for the login field. If it doesn’t, validation will fail. The default value for this key is boolean false.

required => true does not mean the same as the validation rule notEmpty(). required => true indicates that the array key must be present - it does not mean it must have a value. Therefore validation will fail if the field is not present in the dataset, but may (depending on the rule) succeed if the value submitted is empty (‘’). Changed in version 2.1: Support for create and update were added.

allowEmpty

If set to false, the field value must be nonempty, where “nonempty” is defined as !empty($value)

|| is_numeric($value)

. The numeric check is so that CakePHP does the right thing when $value is zero.

The difference between required and allowEmpty can be confusing. ’required’ => true means that you cannot save the model without the key for this field being present in $this->data (the check is performed with isset); whereas, ’allowEmpty’ => false makes sure that the current field value is nonempty, as described above.

154 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

The ‘on’ key can be set to either one of the following values: ‘update’ or ‘create’. This provides a mechanism that allows a certain rule to be applied either during the creation of a new record, or during update of a record.

If a rule has defined ‘on’ => ‘create’, the rule will only be enforced during the creation of a new record.

Likewise, if it is defined as ‘on’ => ‘update’, it will only be enforced during the updating of a record.

The default value for ‘on’ is null. When ‘on’ is null, the rule will be enforced during both creation and update.

message

The message key allows you to define a custom validation error message for the rule:

public

$validate =

array

(

’password’ =>

array

(

’rule’ =>

array

( ’minLength’ , 8 ),

’message’ => ’Password must be at least 8 characters long’

)

);

Multiple Rules per Field

The technique outlined above gives us much more flexibility than simple rules assignment, but there’s an extra step we can take in order to gain more fine-grained control of data validation. The next technique we’ll outline allows us to assign multiple validation rules per model field.

If you would like to assign multiple validation rules to a single field, this is basically how it should look:

public

$validate =

array

(

’fieldName’ =>

array

(

’ruleName’ =>

array

(

’rule’ => ’ruleName’ ,

// extra keys like on, required, etc. go here...

’ruleName2’ =>

array

(

’rule’ => ’ruleName2’ ,

// extra keys like on, required, etc. go here...

)

);

As you can see, this is quite similar to what we did in the previous section. There, for each field we had only one array of validation parameters. In this case, each ‘fieldName’ consists of an array of rule indices. Each

‘ruleName’ contains a separate array of validation parameters.

This is better explained with a practical example:

public

$validate =

array

(

’login’ =>

array

(

More on models 155

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

’loginRule-1’ =>

array

(

’rule’ => ’alphaNumeric’ ,

’message’ => ’Only alphabets and numbers allowed’ ,

’loginRule-2’ =>

array

(

’rule’ =>

array

( ’minLength’ , 8 ),

’message’ => ’Minimum length of 8 characters’

)

);

The above example defines two rules for the login field: loginRule-1 and loginRule-2. As you can see, each rule is identified with an arbitrary name.

When using multiple rules per field the ‘required’ and ‘allowEmpty’ keys need to be used only once in the first rule.

last

In case of multiple rules per field by default if a particular rule fails error message for that rule is returned and the following rules for that field are not processed. If you want validation to continue in spite of a rule failing set key last to false for that rule.

In the following example even if “rule1” fails “rule2” will be processed and error messages for both failing rules will be returned if “rule2” also fails:

public

$validate =

array

(

’login’ =>

array

(

’rule1’ =>

array

(

’rule’ => ’alphaNumeric’ ,

’message’ => ’Only alphabets and numbers allowed’ ,

’last’ =>

false

’rule2’ =>

array

(

’rule’ =>

array

( ’minLength’ , 8 ),

’message’ => ’Minimum length of 8 characters’

)

);

When specifying validation rules in this array form its possible to avoid providing the message key. Consider this example:

public

$validate =

array

(

’login’ =>

array

(

’Only alphabets and numbers allowed’ =>

array

(

’rule’ => ’alphaNumeric’ ,

)

);

156 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

If the alphaNumeric rules fails the array key for this rule ‘Only alphabets and numbers allowed’ will be returned as error message since the message key is not set.

Custom Validation Rules

If you haven’t found what you need thus far, you can always create your own validation rules. There are two ways you can do this: by defining custom regular expressions, or by creating custom validation methods.

Custom Regular Expression Validation

If the validation technique you need to use can be completed by using regular expression matching, you can define a custom expression as a field validation rule:

public

$validate =

array

(

’login’ =>

array

(

’rule’ => ’/^[a-z0-9]{3,}$/i’ ,

’message’ => ’Only letters and integers, min 3 characters’

)

);

The example above checks if the login contains only letters and integers, with a minimum of three characters.

The regular expression in the rule must be delimited by slashes. The optional trailing ‘i’ after the last slash means the reg-exp is case insensitive.

Adding your own Validation Methods

Sometimes checking data with regular expression patterns is not enough. For example, if you want to ensure that a promotional code can only be used 25 times, you need to add your own validation function, as shown below:

class User extends

AppModel {

public

$validate =

array

(

’promotion_code’ =>

array

(

’rule’ =>

array

( ’limitDuplicates’ , 25 ),

’message’ => ’This code has been used too many times.’

)

);

public function

limitDuplicates ( $check , $limit ) {

// $check will have value: array(’promotion_code’ => ’some-value’)

// $limit will have value: 25

$existing_promo_count = $this -> find ( ’count’ ,

array

(

’conditions’ => $check ,

’recursive’ => 1

));

return

$existing_promo_count < $limit ;

}

More on models 157

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

The current field to be validated is passed into the function as first parameter as an associated array with field name as key and posted data as value.

If you want to pass extra parameters to your validation function, add elements onto the ‘rule’ array, and handle them as extra params (after the main $check param) in your function.

Your validation function can be in the model (as in the example above), or in a behavior that the model implements. This includes mapped methods.

Model/behavior methods are checked first, before looking for a method on the Validation class. This means that you can override existing validation methods (such as alphaNumeric()) at an application level (by adding the method to AppModel), or at model level.

When writing a validation rule which can be used by multiple fields, take care to extract the field value from the $check array. The $check array is passed with the form field name as its key and the field value as its value. The full record being validated is stored in $this->data member variable:

class Post extends

AppModel {

public

$validate =

array

(

’slug’ =>

array

(

’rule’ => ’alphaNumericDashUnderscore’ ,

’message’ => ’Slug can only be letters, numbers, dash and underscore’

)

);

public function

alphaNumericDashUnderscore ( $check ) {

// $data array is passed using the form field name as the key

// have to extract the value to make the function generic

$value = array_values ( $check );

$value = $value [ 0 ];

return

preg_match ( ’|^[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*$|’ , $value );

}

Note: Your own validation methods must have public visibility.

Validation methods that are protected and private are not supported.

The method should return true if the value is valid. If the validation failed, return false. The other valid return value are strings which will be shown as the error message. Returning a string means the validation failed. The string will overwrite the message set in the $validate array and be shown in the view’s form as the reason why the field was not valid.

Dynamically change validation rules

Using $validate property to declare validation rules is a good ways of defining statically rules for each model. Nevertheless there are cases when you want to dynamically add, change or remove validation rules from the predefined set.

158 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

All validation rules are stored in a ModelValidator object, which holds every rule set for each field in your model. Defining new validation rules is as easy as telling this object to store new validation methods for the fields you want to.

Adding new validation rules

New in version 2.2. The ModelValidator objects allows several ways for adding new fields to the set.

The first one is using the add method:

// Inside a model class

$this -> validator () -> add ( ’password’ , ’required’ ,

array

(

’rule’ => ’notEmpty’ ,

’required’ => ’create’

));

This will add a single rule to the password field in the model. You can chain multiple calls to add to create as many rules as you like:

// Inside a model class

$this -> validator ()

-> add ( ’password’ , ’required’ ,

array

(

’rule’ => ’notEmpty’ ,

’required’ => ’create’

))

-> add ( ’password’ , ’size’ ,

array

(

’rule’ =>

array

( ’between’ , 8 , 20 ),

’message’ => ’Password should be at least 8 chars long’

));

It is also possible to add multiple rules at once for a single field:

$this -> validator () -> add ( ’password’ ,

array

(

’required’ =>

array

(

’rule’ => ’notEmpty’ ,

’required’ => ’create’

’size’ =>

array

(

’rule’ =>

array

( ’between’ , 8 , 20 ),

’message’ => ’Password should be at least 8 chars long’

)

));

Alternatively, you can use the validator object to set rules directly to fields using the array interface:

$validator = $this -> validator ();

$validator [ ’username’ ] =

array

(

’unique’ =>

array

(

’rule’ => ’isUnique’ ,

’required’ => ’create’

’alphanumeric’ =>

array

(

’rule’ => ’alphanumeric’

More on models 159

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

);

)

Modifying current validation rules

New in version 2.2. Modifying current validation rules is also possible using the validator object, there are several ways in which you can alter current rules, append methods to a field or completely remove a rule from a field rule set:

// In a model class

$this -> validator () -> getField ( ’password’ ) -> setRule ( ’required’ ,

array

(

’rule’ => ’required’ ,

’required’ =>

true

));

You can also completely replace all the rules for a field using a similar method:

// In a model class

$this -> validator () -> getField ( ’password’ ) -> setRules (

array

(

’required’ =>

array

( ...

’otherRule’ =>

array

( ...

)

));

If you wish to just modify a single property in a rule you can set properties directly into the

CakeValidationRule object:

// In a model class

$this -> validator () -> getField ( ’password’ )

-> getRule ( ’required’ ) -> message = ’This field cannot be left blank’ ;

Properties in any CakeValidationRule are named as the valid array keys you can use for defining such rules using the $validate property in the model.

As with adding new rule to the set, it is also possible to modify existing rules using the array interface:

$validator = $this -> validator ();

$validator [ ’username’ ][ ’unique’ ] =

array

(

’rule’ => ’isUnique’ ,

’required’ => ’create’

);

$validator [ ’username’ ][ ’unique’ ] -> last =

true

;

$validator [ ’username’ ][ ’unique’ ] -> message = ’Name already taken’ ;

Removing rules from the set

New in version 2.2. It is possible to both completely remove all rules for a field and to delete a single rule in a field’s rule set:

160 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

// Completely remove all rules for a field

$this -> validator () -> remove ( ’username’ );

// Remove ’required’ rule from password

$this -> validator () -> remove ( ’password’ , ’required’ );

Optionally, you can use the array interface to delete rules from the set:

$validator = $this -> validator ();

// Completely remove all rules for a field unset ( $validator [ ’username’ ]);

// Remove ’required’ rule from password unset ( $validator [ ’password’ ][ ’required’ ]);

Core Validation Rules

class Validation

The Validation class in CakePHP contains many validation rules that can make model data validation much easier. This class contains many oft-used validation techniques you won’t need to write on your own. Below, you’ll find a complete list of all the rules, along with usage examples.

static Validation::alphaNumeric(mixed $check)

The data for the field must only contain letters and numbers.:

public

$validate =

array

(

’login’ =>

array

(

’rule’ => ’alphaNumeric’ ,

’message’ => ’Usernames must only contain letters and numbers.’

)

); static Validation::between(string $check, integer $min, integer $max)

The length of the data for the field must fall within the specified numeric range. Both minimum and maximum values must be supplied. Uses = not.:

public

$validate =

array

(

’password’ =>

array

(

’rule’ =>

array

( ’between’ , 5 , 15 ),

’message’ => ’Passwords must be between 5 and 15 characters long.’

)

);

The length of data is “the number of bytes in the string representation of the data”. Be careful that it may be larger than the number of characters when handling non-ASCII characters.

static Validation::blank(mixed $check)

This rule is used to make sure that the field is left blank or only white space characters are present in its value. White space characters include space, tab, carriage return, and newline.:

More on models 161

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

public

$validate =

array

(

’id’ =>

array

(

’rule’ => ’blank’ ,

’on’ => ’create’

)

); static Validation::boolean(string $check)

The data for the field must be a boolean value. Valid values are true or false, integers 0 or 1 or strings

‘0’ or ‘1’.:

public

$validate =

array

(

’myCheckbox’ =>

array

(

’rule’ =>

array

( ’boolean’ ),

’message’ => ’Incorrect value for myCheckbox’

)

); static Validation::cc(mixed $check, mixed $type = ‘fast’, boolean $deep = false, string $regex

= null)

This rule is used to check whether the data is a valid credit card number. It takes three parameters:

‘type’, ‘deep’ and ‘regex’.

The ‘type’ key can be assigned to the values of ‘fast’, ‘all’ or any of the following:

•amex

•bankcard

•diners

•disc

•electron

•enroute

•jcb

•maestro

•mc

•solo

•switch

•visa

•voyager

If ‘type’ is set to ‘fast’, it validates the data against the major credit cards’ numbering formats. Setting

‘type’ to ‘all’ will check with all the credit card types. You can also set ‘type’ to an array of the types you wish to match.

The ‘deep’ key should be set to a boolean value. If it is set to true, the validation will check the Luhn algorithm of the credit card ( http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Luhn_algorithm ). It defaults to false.

162 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

The ‘regex’ key allows you to supply your own regular expression that will be used to validate the credit card number:

public

$validate =

array

(

’ccnumber’ =>

array

(

’rule’ =>

array

( ’cc’ ,

array

( ’visa’ , ’maestro’ ),

false

null

’message’ => ’The credit card number you supplied was invalid.’

)

); static Validation::comparison(mixed $check1, string $operator = null, integer $check2 = null)

Comparison is used to compare numeric values. It supports “is greater”, “is less”, “greater or equal”,

“less or equal”, “equal to”, and “not equal”. Some examples are shown below:

public

$validate =

array

(

’age’ =>

array

(

’rule’ =>

array

( ’comparison’ , ’>=’ , 18 ),

’message’ => ’Must be at least 18 years old to qualify.’

)

);

public

$validate =

array

(

’age’ =>

array

(

’rule’ =>

array

( ’comparison’ , ’greater or equal’ , 18 ),

’message’ => ’Must be at least 18 years old to qualify.’

)

); static Validation::custom(mixed $check, string $regex = null)

Used when a custom regular expression is needed:

public

$validate =

array

(

’infinite’ =>

array

(

’rule’ =>

array

( ’custom’ , ’\u221E’ ),

’message’ => ’Please enter an infinite number.’

)

); static Validation::date(string $check, mixed $format = ‘ymd’, string $regex = null)

This rule ensures that data is submitted in valid date formats. A single parameter (which can be an array) can be passed that will be used to check the format of the supplied date. The value of the parameter can be one of the following:

•‘dmy’ e.g. 27-12-2006 or 27-12-06 (separators can be a space, period, dash, forward slash)

•‘mdy’ e.g. 12-27-2006 or 12-27-06 (separators can be a space, period, dash, forward slash)

•‘ymd’ e.g. 2006-12-27 or 06-12-27 (separators can be a space, period, dash, forward slash)

•‘dMy’ e.g. 27 December 2006 or 27 Dec 2006

•‘Mdy’ e.g. December 27, 2006 or Dec 27, 2006 (comma is optional)

•‘My’ e.g. (December 2006 or Dec 2006)

More on models 163

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

•‘my’ e.g. 12/2006 or 12/06 (separators can be a space, period, dash, forward slash)

If no keys are supplied, the default key that will be used is ‘ymd’:

public

$validate =

array

(

’born’ =>

array

(

’rule’

’message’

array

’allowEmpty’ =>

true

( ’date’ , ’ymd’ ),

’Enter a valid date in YY-MM-DD format.’ ,

)

);

While many data stores require a certain date format, you might consider doing the heavy lifting by accepting a wide-array of date formats and trying to convert them, rather than forcing users to supply a given format. The more work you can do for your users, the better.

static Validation::datetime(array $check, mixed $dateFormat = ‘ymd’, string $regex = null)

This rule ensures that the data is a valid datetime format. A parameter (which can be an array) can be passed to specify the format of the date. The value of the parameter can be one or more of the following:

•‘dmy’ e.g. 27-12-2006 or 27-12-06 (separators can be a space, period, dash, forward slash)

•‘mdy’ e.g. 12-27-2006 or 12-27-06 (separators can be a space, period, dash, forward slash)

•‘ymd’ e.g. 2006-12-27 or 06-12-27 (separators can be a space, period, dash, forward slash)

•‘dMy’ e.g. 27 December 2006 or 27 Dec 2006

•‘Mdy’ e.g. December 27, 2006 or Dec 27, 2006 (comma is optional)

•‘My’ e.g. (December 2006 or Dec 2006)

•‘my’ e.g. 12/2006 or 12/06 (separators can be a space, period, dash, forward slash)

If no keys are supplied, the default key that will be used is ‘ymd’:

public

$validate =

array

(

’birthday’ =>

array

(

’rule’ =>

array

( ’datetime’ , ’dmy’ ),

’message’ => ’Please enter a valid date and time.’

)

);

Also a second parameter can be passed to specify a custom regular expression. If this parameter is used, this will be the only validation that will occur.

Note that unlike date(), datetime() will validate a date and a time.

static Validation::decimal(integer $check, integer $places = null, string $regex = null)

This rule ensures that the data is a valid decimal number. A parameter can be passed to specify the number of digits required after the decimal point. If no parameter is passed, the data will be validated as a scientific float, which will cause validation to fail if no digits are found after the decimal point:

public

$validate =

array

(

’price’ =>

array

(

164 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

’rule’ =>

array

( ’decimal’ , 2 )

)

); static Validation::email(string $check, boolean $deep = false, string $regex = null)

This checks whether the data is a valid email address. Passing a boolean true as the second parameter for this rule will also attempt to verify that the host for the address is valid:

public

$validate =

array

( ’email’ =>

array

( ’rule’ => ’email’ ));

public

$validate =

array

(

’email’ =>

array

(

’rule’ =>

array

( ’email’ ,

true

’message’ => ’Please supply a valid email address.’

)

); static Validation::equalTo(mixed $check, mixed $compareTo)

This rule will ensure that the value is equal to, and of the same type as the given value.

public

$validate =

array

(

’food’ =>

array

(

’rule’ =>

array

( ’equalTo’ , ’cake’ ),

’message’ => ’This value must be the string cake’

)

); static Validation::extension(mixed $check, array $extensions = array(‘gif ’, ‘jpeg’, ‘png’,

‘jpg’))

This rule checks for valid file extensions like .jpg or .png. Allow multiple extensions by passing them in array form.

public

$validate =

array

(

’image’ =>

array

(

’rule’ =>

array

( ’extension’ ,

array

( ’gif’ , ’jpeg’ , ’png’ , ’jpg’ )),

’message’ => ’Please supply a valid image.’

)

); static Validation::fileSize($check, $operator = null, $size = null)

This rule allows you to check filesizes. You can use $operator to decide the type of comparison you want to use. All the operators supported by

comparison()

are supported here as well. This method will automatically handle array values from $_FILES by reading from the tmp_name key if $check is an array an contains that key:

public

$validate =

array

(

’image’ =>

array

(

’rule’ =>

array

( ’filesize’ , ’<=’ , ’1MB’ ),

’message’ => ’Image must be less than 1MB’

)

);

New in version 2.3: This method was added in 2.3

More on models 165

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

static Validation::inList(string $check, array $list)

This rule will ensure that the value is in a given set. It needs an array of values. The field is valid if the field’s value matches one of the values in the given array.

Example:

public

$validate =

array

(

’function’ =>

array

(

’allowedChoice’ =>

array

(

’rule’ =>

array

( ’inList’ ,

array

( ’Foo’ , ’Bar’ )),

’message’ => ’Enter either Foo or Bar.’

)

); static Validation::ip(string $check, string $type = ‘both’)

This rule will ensure that a valid IPv4 or IPv6 address has been submitted. Accepts as option ‘both’

(default), ‘IPv4’ or ‘IPv6’.

public

$validate =

array

(

’clientip’ =>

array

(

’rule’ =>

array

( ’ip’ , ’IPv4’ ), // or ’IPv6’ or ’both’ (default)

’message’ => ’Please supply a valid IP address.’

)

);

Model::isUnique()

The data for the field must be unique, it cannot be used by any other rows.

public

$validate =

array

(

’login’ =>

array

(

’rule’ => ’isUnique’ ,

’message’ => ’This username has already been taken.’

)

); static Validation::luhn(string|array $check, boolean $deep = false)

The Luhn algorithm: A checksum formula to validate a variety of identification numbers. See http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Luhn_algorithm for more information.

static Validation::maxLength(string $check, integer $max)

This rule ensures that the data stays within a maximum length requirement.

public

$validate =

array

(

’login’ =>

array

(

’rule’ =>

array

( ’maxLength’ , 15 ),

’message’ => ’Usernames must be no larger than 15 characters long.’

)

);

The length here is “the number of bytes in the string representation of the data”. Be careful that it may be larger than the number of characters when handling non-ASCII characters.

static Validation::mimeType(mixed $check, array $mimeTypes)

166 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

New in version 2.2. This rule checks for valid mimeType

public

$validate =

array

(

’image’ =>

array

(

’rule’ =>

array

( ’mimeType’ ,

array

( ’image/gif’ )),

’message’ => ’Invalid mime type.’

); static Validation::minLength(string $check, integer $min)

This rule ensures that the data meets a minimum length requirement.

public

$validate =

array

(

’login’ =>

array

(

’rule’ =>

array

( ’minLength’ , 8 ),

’message’ => ’Usernames must be at least 8 characters long.’

)

);

The length here is “the number of bytes in the string representation of the data”. Be careful that it may be larger than the number of characters when handling non-ASCII characters.

static Validation::money(string $check, string $symbolPosition = ‘left’)

This rule will ensure that the value is in a valid monetary amount.

Second parameter defines where symbol is located (left/right).

public

$validate =

array

(

’salary’ =>

array

(

’rule’ =>

array

( ’money’ , ’left’ ),

’message’ => ’Please supply a valid monetary amount.’

)

); static Validation::multiple(mixed $check, mixed $options = array())

Use this for validating a multiple select input. It supports parameters “in”, “max” and “min”.

public

$validate =

array

(

’multiple’ =>

array

(

’rule’ =>

array

( ’multiple’ ,

array

(

’in’ =>

array

( ’do’ , ’ray’ , ’me’ , ’fa’ , ’so’ , ’la’ , ’ti’ ),

’min’ => 1 ,

’max’ => 3

)),

’message’ => ’Please select one, two or three options’

)

); static Validation::notEmpty(mixed $check)

The basic rule to ensure that a field is not empty.:

public

$validate =

array

(

’title’ =>

array

(

’rule’ => ’notEmpty’ ,

’message’ => ’This field cannot be left blank’

More on models 167

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

);

)

Do not use this for a multiple select input as it will cause an error. Instead, use “multiple”.

static Validation::numeric(string $check)

Checks if the data passed is a valid number.:

public

$validate =

array

(

’cars’ =>

array

(

’rule’ => ’numeric’ ,

’message’ => ’Please supply the number of cars.’

)

); static Validation::naturalNumber(mixed $check, boolean $allowZero = false)

New in version 2.2. This rule checks if the data passed is a valid natural number. If $allowZero is set to true, zero is also accepted as a value.

public

$validate =

array

(

’wheels’ =>

array

(

’rule’ => ’naturalNumber’ ,

’message’ => ’Please supply the number of wheels.’

’airbags’ =>

array

(

’rule’ =>

array

( ’naturalNumber’ ,

true

’message’ => ’Please supply the number of airbags.’

); static Validation::phone(mixed $check, string $regex = null, string $country = ‘all’)

Phone validates US phone numbers. If you want to validate non-US phone numbers, you can provide a regular expression as the second parameter to cover additional number formats.

public

$validate =

array

(

’phone’ =>

array

(

’rule’ =>

array

( ’phone’ ,

null

, ’us’ )

)

); static Validation::postal(mixed $check, string $regex = null, string $country = ‘us’)

Postal is used to validate ZIP codes from the U.S. (us), Canada (ca), U.K (uk), Italy (it), Germany (de) and Belgium (be). For other ZIP code formats, you may provide a regular expression as the second parameter.

public

$validate =

array

(

’zipcode’ =>

array

(

’rule’ =>

array

( ’postal’ ,

null

, ’us’ )

)

); static Validation::range(string $check, integer $lower = null, integer $upper = null)

This rule ensures that the value is in a given range. If no range is supplied, the rule will check to

168 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

ensure the value is a legal finite on the current platform.

public

$validate =

array

(

’number’ =>

array

(

’rule’ =>

array

( ’range’ , 1 , 11 ),

’message’ => ’Please enter a number between 0 and 10’

)

);

The above example will accept any value which is larger than 0 (e.g., 0.01) and less than 10 (e.g.,

9.99).

Note: The range lower/upper are not inclusive static Validation::ssn(mixed $check, string $regex = null, string $country = null)

Ssn validates social security numbers from the U.S. (us), Denmark (dk), and the Netherlands (nl). For other social security number formats, you may provide a regular expression.

public

$validate =

array

(

’ssn’ =>

array

(

’rule’ =>

array

( ’ssn’ ,

null

, ’us’ )

)

); static Validation::time(string $check)

Time validation, determines if the string passed is a valid time. Validates time as 24hr (HH:MM) or am/pm ([H]H:MM[a|p]m) Does not allow/validate seconds.

static Validation::uploadError(mixed $check)

New in version 2.2. This rule checks if a file upload has an error.

public

$validate =

array

(

’image’ =>

array

(

’rule’ => ’uploadError’ ,

’message’ => ’Something went wrong with the upload.’

); static Validation::url(string $check, boolean $strict = false)

This rule checks for valid URL formats. Supports http(s), ftp(s), file, news, and gopher protocols:

public

$validate =

array

(

’website’ =>

array

(

’rule’ => ’url’

)

);

To ensure that a protocol is in the url, strict mode can be enabled like so:

public

$validate =

array

(

’website’ =>

array

(

’rule’ =>

array

( ’url’ ,

true

)

More on models 169

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

)

); static Validation::userDefined(mixed $check, object $object, string $method, array $args

= null)

Runs an user-defined validation.

static Validation::uuid(string $check)

Checks that a value is a valid uuid: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122

Localized Validation

The validation rules phone() and postal() will pass off any country prefix they do not know how to handle to another class with the appropriate name. For example if you lived in the Netherlands you would create a class like:

class NlValidation

{

public static function

phone ( $check ) {

// ...

}

public static function

postal ( $check ) {

// ...

}

This file could be placed in APP/Validation/ or App/PluginName/Validation/, but must be imported via App::uses() before attempting to use it. In your model validation you could use your NlValidation class by doing the following:

public

$validate =

array

(

’phone_no’ =>

array

( ’rule’ =>

array

( ’phone’ ,

null

, ’nl’ )),

’postal_code’ =>

array

( ’rule’ =>

array

( ’postal’ ,

null

, ’nl’ )),

);

When your model data is validated, Validation will see that it cannot handle the nl locale and will attempt to delegate out to NlValidation::postal() and the return of that method will be used as the pass/fail for the validation. This approach allows you to create classes that handle a subset or group of locales, something that a large switch would not have. The usage of the individual validation methods has not changed, the ability to pass off to another validator has been added.

Tip: The Localized Plugin already contains a lot of rules ready to use: https://github.com/cakephp/localized

Also feel free to contribute with your localized validation rules.

Validating Data from the Controller

While normally you would just use the save method of the model, there may be times where you wish to validate the data without saving it. For example, you may wish to display some additional information to

170 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

the user before actually saving the data to the database. Validating data requires a slightly different process than just saving the data.

First, set the data to the model:

$this -> ModelName -> set ( $this -> request -> data );

Then, to check if the data validates, use the validates method of the model, which will return true if it validates and false if it doesn’t:

( $this -> ModelName -> validates ()) {

// it validated logic

}

else

{

// didn’t validate logic

$errors = $this -> ModelName -> validationErrors ;

}

It may be desirable to validate your model only using a subset of the validations specified in your model.

For example say you had a User model with fields for first_name, last_name, email and password. In this instance when creating or editing a user you would want to validate all 4 field rules. Yet when a user logs in you would validate just email and password rules. To do this you can pass an options array specifying the fields to validate:

( $this -> User -> validates (

array

( ’fieldList’ =>

array

( ’email’ , ’password’ )))) {

// valid

}

else

{

// invalid

}

The validates method invokes the invalidFields method which populates the validationErrors property of the model. The invalidFields method also returns that data as the result:

$errors = $this -> ModelName -> invalidFields (); // contains validationErrors array

The validation errors list is not cleared between successive calls to invalidFields() So if you are validating in a loop and want each set of errors separately don’t use invalidFields(). Instead use validates() and access the validationErrors model property.

It is important to note that the data must be set to the model before the data can be validated. This is different from the save method which allows the data to be passed in as a parameter. Also, keep in mind that it is not required to call validates prior to calling save as save will automatically validate the data before actually saving.

To validate multiple models, the following approach should be used:

( $this -> ModelName -> saveAll ( $this -> request -> data ,

array

( ’validate’ => ’only’ ))) {

// validates

}

else

{

// does not validate

}

If you have validated data before save, you can turn off validation to avoid second check:

More on models 171

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

( $this -> ModelName -> saveAll ( $this -> request -> data ,

array

( ’validate’ =>

false

))) {

// saving without validation

}

Callback Methods

If you want to sneak in some logic just before or after a CakePHP model operation, use model callbacks.

These functions can be defined in model classes (including your AppModel) class. Be sure to note the expected return values for each of these special functions.

beforeFind

beforeFind(array $queryData)

Called before any find-related operation. The $queryData passed to this callback contains information about the current query: conditions, fields, etc.

If you do not wish the find operation to begin (possibly based on a decision relating to the $queryData options), return false. Otherwise, return the possibly modified $queryData, or anything you want to get passed to find and its counterparts.

You might use this callback to restrict find operations based on a user’s role, or make caching decisions based on the current load.

afterFind

afterFind(array $results, boolean $primary = false)

Use this callback to modify results that have been returned from a find operation, or to perform any other post-find logic. The $results parameter passed to this callback contains the returned results from the model’s find operation, i.e. something like:

$results =

array

(

0 =>

array

(

’ModelName’ =>

array

(

’field1’ => ’value1’ ,

’field2’ => ’value2’ ,

);

The return value for this callback should be the (possibly modified) results for the find operation that triggered this callback.

The $primary parameter indicates whether or not the current model was the model that the query originated on or whether or not this model was queried as an association. If a model is queried as an association the format of $results can differ; instead of the result you would normally get from a find operation, you may get this:

172 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

$results =

array

(

’field_1’ => ’value1’ ,

’field_2’ => ’value2’

);

Warning: Code expecting $primary to be true will probably get a “Cannot use string offset as an array” fatal error from PHP if a recursive find is used.

Below is an example of how afterfind can be used for date formatting:

public function

afterFind ( $results , $primary =

false

) {

foreach

( $results

$key => $val ) {

( isset ( $val [ ’Event’ ][ ’begindate’ ])) {

$results [ $key ][ ’Event’ ][ ’begindate’ ] = $this -> dateFormatAfterFind ( $val [ ’Event’ ][ ’begindate’ ]);

}

return

$results ;

}

public function

dateFormatAfterFind ( $dateString ) {

return

date ( ’d-m-Y’ , strtotime ( $dateString ));

}

beforeValidate

beforeValidate(array $options = array())

Use this callback to modify model data before it is validated, or to modify validation rules if required. This function must also return true, otherwise the current save() execution will abort.

beforeSave

beforeSave(array $options = array())

Place any pre-save logic in this function. This function executes immediately after model data has been successfully validated, but just before the data is saved. This function should also return true if you want the save operation to continue.

This callback is especially handy for any data-massaging logic that needs to happen before your data is stored. If your storage engine needs dates in a specific format, access it at $this->data and modify it.

Below is an example of how beforeSave can be used for date conversion. The code in the example is used for an application with a begindate formatted like YYYY-MM-DD in the database and is displayed like

DD-MM-YYYY in the application. Of course this can be changed very easily. Use the code below in the appropriate model.

public function

beforeSave ( $options =

array

()) {

( !

empty

( $this -> data [ ’Event’ ][ ’begindate’ ]) && !

empty

( $this -> data [ ’Event’ ][ ’enddate’ ])) {

$this -> data [ ’Event’ ][ ’begindate’ ] = $this -> dateFormatBeforeSave ( $this -> data [ ’Event’ ][ ’begindate’ ]);

$this -> data [ ’Event’ ][ ’enddate’ ] = $this -> dateFormatBeforeSave ( $this -> data [ ’Event’ ][ ’enddate’ ]);

More on models 173

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

}

return true

;

}

public function

dateFormatBeforeSave ( $dateString ) {

return

date ( ’Y-m-d’ , strtotime ( $dateString ));

}

Tip: Be sure that beforeSave() returns true, or your save is going to fail.

afterSave

afterSave(boolean $created)

If you have logic you need to be executed just after every save operation, place it in this callback method.

The value of $created will be true if a new record was created (rather than an update).

beforeDelete

beforeDelete(boolean $cascade = true)

Place any pre-deletion logic in this function. This function should return true if you want the deletion to continue, and false if you want to abort.

The value of $cascade will be true if records that depend on this record will also be deleted.

Tip: Be sure that beforeDelete() returns true, or your delete is going to fail.

// using app/Model/ProductCategory.php

// In the following example, do not let a product category be deleted if it still contains products.

// A call of $this->Product->delete($id) from ProductsController.php has set $this->id .

// Assuming ’ProductCategory hasMany Product’, we can access $this->Product in the model.

public function

beforeDelete ( $cascade =

true

) {

$count = $this -> Product -> find ( "count" ,

array

(

"conditions" =>

array

( "product_category_id" => $this -> id )

));

( $count == 0 ) {

return true

;

}

else

{

return false

;

}

afterDelete

afterDelete()

174 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Place any logic that you want to be executed after every deletion in this callback method.

onError

onError()

Called if any problems occur.

Behaviors

Model behaviors are a way to organize some of the functionality defined in CakePHP models. They allow us to separate and reuse logic that creates a type of behavior, and they do this without requiring inheritance.

For example creating tree structures. By providing a simple yet powerful way to enhance models, behaviors allow us to attach functionality to models by defining a simple class variable. That’s how behaviors allow models to get rid of all the extra weight that might not be part of the business contract they are modeling, or that is also needed in different models and can then be extrapolated.

As an example, consider a model that gives us access to a database table which stores structural information about a tree. Removing, adding, and migrating nodes in the tree is not as simple as deleting, inserting, and editing rows in the table. Many records may need to be updated as things move around. Rather than creating those tree-manipulation methods on a per model basis (for every model that needs that functionality), we could simply tell our model to use the

TreeBehavior

, or in more formal terms, we tell our model to

behave as a Tree. This is known as attaching a behavior to a model. With just one line of code, our

CakePHP model takes on a whole new set of methods that allow it to interact with the underlying structure.

CakePHP already includes behaviors for tree structures, translated content, access control list interaction, not to mention the community-contributed behaviors already available in the CakePHP Bakery

( http://bakery.cakephp.org

). In this section, we’ll cover the basic usage pattern for adding behaviors to models, how to use CakePHP’s built-in behaviors, and how to create our own.

In essence, Behaviors are Mixins (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mixin) with callbacks.

Using Behaviors

Behaviors are attached to models through the $actsAs model class variable:

class Category extends

AppModel {

public

$actsAs =

array

( ’Tree’ );

}

This example shows how a Category model could be managed in a tree structure using the TreeBehavior.

Once a behavior has been specified, use the methods added by the behavior as if they always existed as part of the original model:

// Set ID

$this -> Category -> id = 42 ;

// Use behavior method, children():

$kids = $this -> Category -> children ();

More on models 175

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Some behaviors may require or allow settings to be defined when the behavior is attached to the model.

Here, we tell our TreeBehavior the names of the “left” and “right” fields in the underlying database table:

class Category extends

AppModel {

public

$actsAs =

array

( ’Tree’ =>

array

(

’left’ => ’left_node’ ,

’right’ => ’right_node’

));

}

We can also attach several behaviors to a model. There’s no reason why, for example, our Category model should only behave as a tree, it may also need internationalization support:

class Category extends

AppModel {

public

$actsAs =

array

(

’Tree’ =>

array

(

’left’ => ’left_node’ ,

’right’ => ’right_node’

’Translate’

);

}

So far we have been adding behaviors to models using a model class variable. That means that our behaviors will be attached to our models throughout the model’s lifetime. However, we may need to “detach” behaviors from our models at runtime. Let’s say that on our previous Category model, which is acting as a Tree and a

Translate model, we need for some reason to force it to stop acting as a Translate model:

// Detach a behavior from our model:

$this -> Category -> Behaviors -> unload ( ’Translate’ );

That will make our Category model stop behaving as a Translate model from thereon. We may need, instead, to just disable the Translate behavior from acting upon our normal model operations: our finds, our saves, etc. In fact, we are looking to disable the behavior from acting upon our CakePHP model callbacks. Instead of detaching the behavior, we then tell our model to stop informing of these callbacks to the Translate behavior:

// Stop letting the behavior handle our model callbacks

$this -> Category -> Behaviors -> disable ( ’Translate’ );

We may also need to find out if our behavior is handling those model callbacks, and if not we then restore its ability to react to them:

// If our behavior is not handling model callbacks

( !

$this -> Category -> Behaviors -> enabled ( ’Translate’ )) {

// Tell it to start doing so

$this -> Category -> Behaviors -> enable ( ’Translate’ );

}

Just as we could completely detach a behavior from a model at runtime, we can also attach new behaviors.

Say that our familiar Category model needs to start behaving as a Christmas model, but only on Christmas day:

176 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

// If today is Dec 25

( date ( ’m/d’ ) == ’12/25’ ) {

// Our model needs to behave as a Christmas model

$this -> Category -> Behaviors -> load ( ’Christmas’ );

}

We can also use the load method to override behavior settings:

// We will change one setting from our already attached behavior

$this -> Category -> Behaviors -> load ( ’Tree’ ,

array

( ’left’ => ’new_left_node’ ));

There’s also a method to obtain the list of behaviors a model has attached. If we pass the name of a behavior to the method, it will tell us if that behavior is attached to the model, otherwise it will give us the list of attached behaviors:

// If the Translate behavior is not attached

( !

$this -> Category -> Behaviors -> loaded ( ’Translate’ )) {

// Get the list of all behaviors the model has attached

$behaviors = $this -> Category -> Behaviors -> loaded ();

}

Creating Behaviors

Behaviors that are attached to Models get their callbacks called automatically. The callbacks are similar to those found in Models: beforeFind, afterFind, beforeSave, afterSave, beforeDelete, afterDelete and onError - see

Callback Methods .

Your behaviors should be placed in app/Model/Behavior. They are named in CamelCase and postfixed by Behavior, ex. NameBehavior.php. It’s often helpful to use a core behavior as a template when creating your own. Find them in lib/Cake/Model/Behavior/.

Every callback and behavior method takes a reference to the model it is being called from as the first parameter.

Besides implementing the callbacks, you can add settings per behavior and/or model behavior attachment.

Information about specifying settings can be found in the chapters about core behaviors and their configuration.

A quick example that illustrates how behavior settings can be passed from the model to the behavior:

class Post extends

AppModel {

public

$actsAs =

array

(

’YourBehavior’ =>

array

(

’option1_key’ => ’option1_value’

)

);

}

Since behaviors are shared across all the model instances that use them, it’s a good practice to store the settings per alias/model name that is using the behavior. When created behaviors will have their setup() method called:

More on models 177

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

public function

setup (Model $Model , $settings =

array

()) {

( !

isset ( $this -> settings [ $Model -> alias ])) {

$this -> settings [ $Model -> alias ] =

array

(

’option1_key’ => ’option1_default_value’ ,

’option2_key’ => ’option2_default_value’ ,

’option3_key’ => ’option3_default_value’ ,

);

}

$this -> settings [ $Model -> alias ] = array_merge (

$this -> settings [ $Model -> alias ], (

array

) $settings );

}

Creating behavior methods

Behavior methods are automatically available on any model acting as the behavior. For example if you had:

class Duck extends

AppModel {

public

$actsAs =

array

( ’Flying’ );

}

You would be able to call FlyingBehavior methods as if they were methods on your Duck model.

When creating behavior methods you automatically get passed a reference of the calling model as the first parameter. All other supplied parameters are shifted one place to the right. For example:

$this -> Duck -> fly ( ’toronto’ , ’montreal’ );

Although this method takes two parameters, the method signature should look like:

public function

fly (Model $Model , $from , $to ) {

// Do some flying.

}

Keep in mind that methods called in a $this->doIt() fashion from inside a behavior method will not get the $model parameter automatically appended.

Mapped methods

In addition to providing ‘mixin’ methods, behaviors can also provide pattern matching methods. Behaviors can also define mapped methods. Mapped methods use pattern matching for method invocation. This allows you to create methods similar to Model::findAllByXXX methods on your behaviors. Mapped methods need to be declared in your behaviors $mapMethods array. The method signature for a mapped method is slightly different than a normal behavior mixin method:

class MyBehavior extends

ModelBehavior {

public

$mapMethods =

array

( ’/do(\w+)/’ => ’doSomething’ );

public function

doSomething (Model $model , $method , $arg1 , $arg2 ) { debug( func_get_args ());

//do something

178 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

}

The above will map every doXXX() method call to the behavior. As you can see, the model is still the first parameter, but the called method name will be the 2nd parameter. This allows you to munge the method name for additional information, much like Model::findAllByXX. If the above behavior was attached to a model the following would happen:

$model -> doReleaseTheHounds ( ’homer’ , ’lenny’ );

// would output

’ReleaseTheHounds’ , ’homer’ , ’lenny’

Behavior callbacks

Model Behaviors can define a number of callbacks that are triggered before/after the model callbacks of the same name. Behavior callbacks allow your behaviors to capture events in attached models and augment the parameters or splice in additional behavior.

The available callbacks are:

• beforeValidate is fired before a model’s beforeValidate

• beforeFind is fired before a model’s beforeFind

• afterFind is fired before a model’s afterFind

• beforeSave is fired before a model’s beforeSave

• afterSave is fired before a model’s afterSave

• beforeDelete is fired after a model’s beforeDelete

• afterDelete is fired before a model’s afterDelete

Creating a behavior callback

class ModelBehavior

Model behavior callbacks are defined as simple methods in your behavior class. Much like regular behavior methods, they receive a $Model parameter as the first argument. This parameter is the model that the behavior method was invoked on.

ModelBehavior::setup(

Model $Model , array $settings = array())

Called when a behavior is attached to a model.

The settings come from the attached model’s

$actsAs property.

ModelBehavior::cleanup(

Model $Model)

Called when a behavior is detached from a model. The base method removes model settings based on

$model->alias

. You can override this method and provide custom cleanup functionality.

More on models 179

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

ModelBehavior::beforeFind(

Model $Model , array $query)

If a behavior’s beforeFind return’s false it will abort the find(). Returning an array will augment the query parameters used for the find operation.

ModelBehavior::afterFind(

Model $Model , mixed $results, boolean $primary)

You can use the afterFind to augment the results of a find. The return value will be passed on as the results to either the next behavior in the chain or the model’s afterFind.

ModelBehavior::beforeDelete(

Model $Model , boolean $cascade = true)

You can return false from a behavior’s beforeDelete to abort the delete. Return true to allow it continue.

ModelBehavior::afterDelete(

Model $Model)

You can use afterDelete to perform clean up operations related to your behavior.

ModelBehavior::beforeSave(

Model $Model)

You can return false from a behavior’s beforeSave to abort the save. Return true to allow it continue.

ModelBehavior::afterSave(

Model $Model , boolean $created)

You can use afterSave to perform clean up operations related to your behavior. $created will be true when a record is created, and false when a record is updated.

ModelBehavior::beforeValidate(

Model $Model)

You can use beforeValidate to modify a model’s validate array or handle any other pre-validation logic. Returning false from a beforeValidate callback will abort the validation and cause it to fail.

DataSources

DataSources are the link between models and the source of data that models represent.

In many cases, the data is retrieved from a relational database such as MySQL, PostgreSQL or

MSSQL. CakePHP is distributed with several database-specific datasources (see the class files in lib/Cake/Model/Datasource/Database ), a summary of which is listed here for your convenience:

• MySql

• Postgres

• Sqlite

• Sqlserver

Note: You can find additional community contributed datasources in the CakePHP DataSources repository at github (https://github.com/cakephp/datasources/tree/2.0).

When specifying a database connection configuration in app/Config/database.php, CakePHP transparently uses the corresponding database datasource for all model operations. So, even though you might not have known about datasources, you’ve been using them all along.

All of the above sources derive from a base DboSource class, which aggregates some logic that is common to most relational databases. If you decide to write a RDBMS datasource, working from one of these (e.g.

Mysql, or Sqlite is your best bet.)

180 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Most people, however, are interested in writing datasources for external sources of data, such as remote

REST APIs or even an LDAP server. So that’s what we’re going to look at now.

Basic API For DataSources

A datasource can, and should implement at least one of the following methods: create, read, update and/or delete (the actual method signatures & implementation details are not important for the moment, and will be described later). You need not implement more of the methods listed above than necessary - if you need a read-only datasource, there’s no reason to implement create, update, and delete.

Methods that must be implemented for all CRUD methods:

• describe($model)

• listSources($data = null)

• calculate($model, $func, $params)

• At least one of:

– create(Model $model, $fields = null, $values = null)

– read(Model $model, $queryData = array(), $recursive = null)

– update(Model $model, $fields = null, $values = null,

$conditions = null)

– delete(Model $model, $id = null)

It is also possible (and sometimes quite useful) to define the $_schema class attribute inside the datasource itself, instead of in the model.

And that’s pretty much all there is to it. By coupling this datasource to a model, you are then able to use

Model::find()/save()/delete() as you would normally, and the appropriate data and/or parameters used to call those methods will be passed on to the datasource itself, where you can decide to implement whichever features you need (e.g. Model::find options such as ’conditions’ parsing, ’limit’ or even your own custom parameters).

An Example

A common reason you would want to write your own datasource is when you would like to access a 3rd party API using the usual Model::find()/save()/delete() methods. Let’s write a datasource that will access a fictitious remote JSON based API. We’ll call it FarAwaySource and we’ll put it in app/Model/Datasource/FarAwaySource.php

App :: uses ( ’HttpSocket’ , ’Network/Http’ );

class FarAwaySource extends

DataSource {

/**

* An optional description of your datasource

public

$description = ’A far away datasource’ ;

More on models 181

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

/**

* Our default config options. These options will be customized in our

* ‘‘app/Config/database.php‘‘ and will be merged in the ‘‘__construct()‘‘.

public

$config =

array

(

’apiKey’ => ’’ ,

);

/**

* If we want to create() or update() we need to specify the fields

* available. We use the same array keys as we do with CakeSchema, eg.

* fixtures and schema migrations.

protected

$_schema =

array

(

’id’ =>

array

(

’type’ => ’integer’ ,

’null’ =>

false

’key’ => ’primary’ ,

’length’ => 11 ,

’name’ =>

array

(

’type’ => ’string’ ,

’null’ =>

true

’length’ => 255 ,

’message’ =>

array

(

’type’ => ’text’ ,

’null’ =>

true

);

/**

* Create our HttpSocket and handle any config tweaks.

public function

__construct ( $config ) {

parent

:: __construct ( $config );

$this -> Http =

new

HttpSocket();

}

/**

* Since datasources normally connect to a database there are a few things

* we must change to get them to work without a database.

/**

* listSources() is for caching. You’ll likely want to implement caching in

* your own way with a custom datasource. So just ‘‘return null‘‘.

public function

listSources ( $data =

null

) {

return null

;

}

/**

182 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

* describe() tells the model your schema for ‘‘Model::save()‘‘.

* You may want a different schema for each model but still use a single

* datasource. If this is your case then set a ‘‘schema‘‘ property on your

* models and simply return ‘‘$model->schema‘‘ here instead.

public function

describe ( $model ) {

return

$this -> _schema ;

}

/**

* calculate() is for determining how we will count the records and is

* required to get ‘‘update()‘‘ and ‘‘delete()‘‘ to work.

* We don’t count the records here but return a string to be passed to

* ‘‘read()‘‘ which will do the actual counting. The easiest way is to just

* return the string ’COUNT’ and check for it in ‘‘read()‘‘ where

* ‘‘$data[’fields’] == ’COUNT’‘‘.

public function

calculate (Model $model , $func , $params =

array

()) {

return

’COUNT’ ;

}

/**

* Implement the R in CRUD. Calls to ‘‘Model::find()‘‘ arrive here.

public function

read (Model $model , $queryData =

array

(), $recursive =

null

) {

/**

* Here we do the actual count as instructed by our calculate()

* method above. We could either check the remote source or some

* other way to get the record count. Here we’ll simply return 1 so

* ‘‘update()‘‘ and ‘‘delete()‘‘ will assume the record exists.

( $queryData [ ’fields’ ] == ’COUNT’ ) {

return array

(

array

(

array

( ’count’ => 1 )));

}

/**

* Now we get, decode and return the remote data.

$queryData [ ’conditions’ ][ ’apiKey’ ] = $this -> config [ ’apiKey’ ];

$json = $this -> Http -> get ( ’http://example.com/api/list.json’ , $queryData [ ’conditions’ ]);

$res = json_decode( $json ,

true

);

( is_null ( $res )) {

$error = json_last_error();

throw new

CakeException( $error );

}

return array

( $model -> alias => $res );

}

/**

* Implement the C in CRUD. Calls to ‘‘Model::save()‘‘ without $model->id

* set arrive here.

More on models 183

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

public function

create (Model $model , $fields =

null

, $values =

null

) {

$data = array_combine ( $fields , $values );

$data [ ’apiKey’ ] = $this -> config [ ’apiKey’ ];

$json = $this -> Http -> post ( ’http://example.com/api/set.json’ , $data );

$res = json_decode( $json ,

true

);

( is_null ( $res )) {

$error = json_last_error();

throw new

CakeException( $error );

}

return true

;

}

/**

* Implement the U in CRUD. Calls to ‘‘Model::save()‘‘ with $Model->id

* set arrive here. Depending on the remote source you can just call

* ‘‘$this->create()‘‘.

public function

update (Model $model , $fields =

null

, $values =

null

, $conditions =

null

) {

return

$this -> create ( $model , $fields , $values );

}

/**

* Implement the D in CRUD. Calls to ‘‘Model::delete()‘‘ arrive here.

public function

delete (Model $model , $id =

null

) {

$json = $this -> Http -> get ( ’http://example.com/api/remove.json’ ,

array

(

’id’ => $id [ $model -> alias .

’.id’ ],

’apiKey’ => $this -> config [ ’apiKey’ ],

));

$res = json_decode( $json ,

true

);

( is_null ( $res )) {

$error = json_last_error();

throw new

CakeException( $error );

}

return true

;

}

We can then configure the datasource in our app/Config/database.php file by adding something like this:

public

$faraway =

array

(

’datasource’ => ’FarAwaySource’ ,

’apiKey’ => ’1234abcd’ ,

);

Then use the database config in our models like this:

class MyModel extends

AppModel {

public

$useDbConfig = ’faraway’ ;

}

We can retrieve data from our remote source using the familiar model methods:

184 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

// Get all messages from ’Some Person’

$messages = $this -> MyModel -> find ( ’all’ ,

array

(

’conditions’ =>

array

( ’name’ => ’Some Person’ ),

));

Similarly we can save a new message:

$this -> MyModel -> save (

array

(

’name’ => ’Some Person’ ,

’message’ => ’New Message’ ,

));

Update the previous message:

$this -> MyModel -> id = 42 ;

$this -> MyModel -> save (

array

(

’message’ => ’Updated message’ ,

));

And delete the message:

$this -> MyModel -> delete ( 42 );

Plugin DataSources

You can also package Datasources into plugins.

Simply place your datasource file into Plugin/[YourPlugin]/Model/Datasource/[YourSource].php

and refer to it using the plugin notation:

public

$faraway =

array

(

’datasource’ => ’MyPlugin.FarAwaySource’ ,

’apiKey’ => ’abcd1234’ ,

);

Model Attributes

Model attributes allow you to set properties that can override the default model behavior.

For a complete list of model attributes and their descriptions visit the CakePHP API. Check out http://api20.cakephp.org/class/model .

useDbConfig

The useDbConfig property is a string that specifies the name of the database connection to use to bind your model class to the related database table.

You can set it to any of the database connections defined within your database configuration file.

The database configuration file is stored in

/app/Config/database.php.

The useDbConfig property is defaulted to the ‘default’ database connection.

More on models 185

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Example usage:

class Example extends

AppModel {

public

$useDbConfig = ’alternate’ ;

}

useTable

The useTable property specifies the database table name. By default, the model uses the lowercase, plural form of the model’s class name. Set this attribute to the name of an alternate table, or set it to false if you wish the model to use no database table.

Example usage:

class Example extends

AppModel {

public

$useTable =

false

; // This model does not use a database table

}

Alternatively:

class Example extends

AppModel {

public

$useTable = ’exmp’ ; // This model uses a database table ’exmp’

}

tablePrefix

The name of the table prefix used for the model. The table prefix is initially set in the database connection file at /app/Config/database.php. The default is no prefix. You can override the default by setting the tablePrefix attribute in the model.

Example usage:

class Example extends

AppModel {

public

$tablePrefix = ’alternate_’ ; // will look for ’alternate_examples’

}

primaryKey

Each table normally has a primary key, id. You may change which field name the model uses as its primary key. This is common when setting CakePHP to use an existing database table.

Example usage:

class Example extends

AppModel {

public

$primaryKey = ’example_id’ ; // example_id is the field name in the database

}

186 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

displayField

The displayField attribute specifies which database field should be used as a label for the record. The label is used in scaffolding and in find(’list’) calls. The model will use name or title, by default.

For example, to use the username field:

class User extends

AppModel {

public

$displayField = ’username’ ;

}

Multiple field names cannot be combined into a single display field. For example, you cannot specify, array(’first_name’, ’last_name’) as the display field. Instead create a virtual field with the

Model attribute virtualFields

recursive

The recursive property defines how deep CakePHP should go to fetch associated model data via find(), and read() methods.

Imagine your application features Groups which belong to a domain and have many Users which in turn have many Articles. You can set $recursive to different values based on the amount of data you want back from a $this->Group->find() call:

• -1 Cake fetches Group data only, no joins.

• 0 Cake fetches Group data and its domain

• 1 Cake fetches a Group, its domain and its associated Users

• 2 Cake fetches a Group, its domain, its associated Users, and the Users’ associated Articles

Set it no higher than you need. Having CakePHP fetch data you aren’t going to use slows your app unnecessarily. Also note that the default recursive level is 1.

Note: If you want to combine $recursive with the fields functionality, you will have to add the columns containing the required foreign keys to the fields array manually. In the example above, this could mean adding domain_id.

order

The default ordering of data for any find operation. Possible values include:

$order = "field"

$order = "Model.field" ;

$order = "Model.field asc" ;

$order = "Model.field ASC" ;

$order = "Model.field DESC" ;

$order =

array

( "Model.field" => "asc" , "Model.field2" => "DESC" );

More on models 187

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

data

The container for the model’s fetched data. While data returned from a model class is normally used as returned from a find() call, you may need to access information stored in $data inside of model callbacks.

_schema

Contains metadata describing the model’s database table fields. Each field is described by:

• name

• type (integer, string, datetime, etc.)

• null

• default value

• length

Example Usage:

public

$_schema =

array

(

’first_name’ =>

array

(

’type’ => ’string’ ,

’length’ => 30

’last_name’ =>

array

(

’type’ => ’string’ ,

’length’ => 30

’email’ =>

array

(

’type’ => ’string’ ,

’length’ => 30

’message’ =>

array

( ’type’ => ’text’ )

);

validate

This attribute holds rules that allow the model to make data validation decisions before saving. Keys named after fields hold regex values allowing the model to try to make matches.

Note: It is not necessary to call validate() before save() as save() will automatically validate your data before actually saving.

For more information on validation, see the

Data Validation

later on in this manual.

188 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

virtualFields

Array of virtual fields this model has. Virtual fields are aliased SQL expressions. Fields added to this property will be read as other fields in a model but will not be saveable.

Example usage for MySQL:

public

$virtualFields =

array

(

’name’ => "CONCAT(User.first_name, ’ ’, User.last_name)"

);

In subsequent find operations, your User results would contain a name key with the result of the concatenation. It is not advisable to create virtual fields with the same names as columns on the database, this can cause SQL errors.

For more information on the virtualFields property, its proper usage, as well as limitations, see

Virtual fields .

name

Name of the model. If you do not specify it in your model file it will be set to the class name by constructor.

Example usage:

class Example extends

AppModel {

public

$name = ’Example’ ;

}

cacheQueries

If set to true, data fetched by the model during a single request is cached. This caching is in-memory only, and only lasts for the duration of the request. Any duplicate requests for the same data is handled by the cache.

Additional Methods and Properties

While CakePHP’s model functions should get you where you need to go, don’t forget that model classes are just that: classes that allow you to write your own methods or define your own properties.

Any operation that handles the saving and fetching of data is best housed in your model classes. This concept is often referred to as the fat model.

class Example extends

AppModel {

public function

getRecent () {

$conditions =

array

(

’created BETWEEN (curdate() - interval 7 day) and (curdate() - interval 0 day))’

);

return

$this -> find ( ’all’ , compact ( ’conditions’ ));

}

More on models 189

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

This getRecent() method can now be used within the controller.

$recent = $this -> Example -> getRecent ();

Model::associations()

Get associations:

$result = $this -> Example -> associations ();

// $result equals array(’belongsTo’, ’hasOne’, ’hasMany’, ’hasAndBelongsToMany’)

Model::buildQuery(string $type = ’first’, array $query = array())

Builds the query array that is used by the data source to generate the query to fetch the data.

Model::deconstruct(string $field, mixed $data)

Deconstructs a complex data type (array or object) into a single field value.

Model::escapeField(string $field = null, string $alias = null)

Escapes the field name and prepends the model name. Escaping is done according to the current database driver’s rules.

Model::exists($id)

Returns true if a record with the particular ID exists.

If ID is not provided it calls Model::getID() to obtain the current record ID to verify, and then performs a Model::find(’count’) on the currently configured datasource to ascertain the existence of the record in persistent storage.

Note: Parameter $id was added in 2.1. Prior to that it does not take any parameter.

$this -> Example -> id = 9 ;

( $this -> Example -> exists ()) {

// ...

}

$exists = $this -> Foo -> exists ( 2 );

Model::getAffectedRows()

Returns the number of rows affected by the last query.

190 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Model::getAssociated(string $type = null)

Gets all the models with which this model is associated.

Model::getColumnType(string $column)

Returns the column type of a column in the model.

Model::getColumnTypes()

Returns an associative array of field names and column types.

Model::getID(integer $list = 0)

Returns the current record’s ID.

Model::getInsertID()

Returns the ID of the last record this model inserted.

Model::getLastInsertID()

Alias to getInsertID().

Virtual fields

Virtual fields allow you to create arbitrary SQL expressions and assign them as fields in a Model. These fields cannot be saved, but will be treated like other model fields for read operations. They will be indexed under the model’s key alongside other model fields.

Creating virtual fields

Creating virtual fields is easy. In each model you can define a $virtualFields property that contains an array of field => expressions. An example of a virtual field definition using MySQL would be:

public

$virtualFields =

array

(

’name’ => ’CONCAT(User.first_name, " ", User.last_name)’

);

And with PostgreSQL:

public

$virtualFields =

array

(

’name’ => ’User.first_name || \’ \’ || User.last_name’

);

More on models 191

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

It is not always useful to have User.first_name fully qualified. If you do not follow the convention (i.e. you have multiple relations to other tables) this would result in an error. In this case it may be better to just use first_name || \’ \’ || last_name without the Model Name.

Using virtual fields

Creating virtual fields is straightforward and easy, interacting with virtual fields can be done through a few different methods.

Model::hasField()

Model::hasField() will return true if the model has a concrete field passed by the first parameter. By setting the second parameter of hasField() to true, virtualFields will also be checked when checking if a model has a field. Using the example field above:

$this -> User -> hasField ( ’name’ ); // Will return false, as there is no concrete field called name

$this -> User -> hasField ( ’name’ ,

true

); // Will return true as there is a virtual field called name

Model::isVirtualField()

This method can be used to check if a field/column is a virtual field or a concrete field. Will return true if the column is virtual:

$this -> User -> isVirtualField ( ’name’ ); //true

$this -> User -> isVirtualField ( ’first_name’ ); //false

Model::getVirtualField()

This method can be used to access the SQL expression that comprises a virtual field. If no argument is supplied it will return all virtual fields in a Model:

$this -> User -> getVirtualField ( ’name’ ); //returns ’CONCAT(User.first_name, ’ ’, User.last_name)’

Model::find() and virtual fields

As stated earlier Model::find() will treat virtual fields much like any other field in a model. The value of a virtual field will be placed under the model’s key in the resultset:

$results = $this -> User -> find ( ’first’ );

// results contains the following

192 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

array

(

’User’ =>

array

(

’first_name’ => ’Mark’ ,

’last_name’ => ’Story’ ,

’name’ => ’Mark Story’ ,

//more fields.

)

);

Pagination and virtual fields

Since virtual fields behave much like regular fields when doing find’s, Controller::paginate() will be able to sort by virtual fields too.

Virtual fields and model aliases

When you are using virtualFields and models with aliases that are not the same as their name, you can run into problems as virtualFields do not update to reflect the bound alias. If you are using virtualFields in models that have more than one alias it is best to define the virtualFields in your model’s constructor:

public function

__construct ( $id =

false

, $table =

null

, $ds =

null

) {

parent

:: __construct ( $id , $table , $ds );

$this -> virtualFields [ ’name’ ] = sprintf ( ’CONCAT(%s.first_name, " ", %s.last_name)’ , $this -> alias , $this -> alias );

}

This will allow your virtualFields to work for any alias you give a model.

Virtual fields in SQL queries

Using functions in direct SQL queries will prevent data from being returned in the same array as your model’s data. For example this:

$this -> Timelog -> query ( "SELECT project_id, SUM(id) as TotalHours FROM timelogs AS Timelog GROUP BY project_id;" ); would return something like this:

Array

(

[ 0 ] =>

Array

(

[Timelog] =>

Array

(

[project_id] => 1234

)

[ 0 ] =>

Array

(

[TotalHours] => 25.5

)

More on models 193

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

)

If we want to group TotalHours into our Timelog array we should specify a virtual field for our aggregate column. We can add this new virtual field on the fly rather than permanently declaring it in the model. We will provide a default value of 0 in case another query attempts to use this virtual field. If that were to occur,

0 would be returned in the TotalHours column:

$this -> Timelog -> virtualFields [ ’TotalHours’ ] = 0 ;

In addition to adding the virtual field we also need to alias our column using the form of

MyModel__MyField like this:

$this -> Timelog -> query ( "SELECT project_id, SUM(id) as Timelog__TotalHours FROM timelogs AS Timelog GROUP BY project_id;" );

Running the query again after specifying the virtual field should result in a cleaner grouping of values:

Array

(

[ 0 ] =>

Array

(

[Timelog] =>

Array

(

[project_id] => 1234

[TotalHours] => 25.5

)

Limitations of virtualFields

The implementation of virtualFields has a few limitations. First you cannot use virtualFields on associated models for conditions, order, or fields arrays. Doing so will generally result in an SQL error as the fields are not replaced by the ORM. This is because it difficult to estimate the depth at which an associated model might be found.

A common workaround for this implementation issue is to copy virtualFields from one model to another at runtime when you need to access them:

$this -> virtualFields [ ’name’ ] = $this -> Author -> virtualFields [ ’name’ ]; or:

$this -> virtualFields += $this -> Author -> virtualFields ;

Transactions

To perform a transaction, a model’s tables must be of a type that supports transactions.

All transaction methods must be performed on a model’s DataSource object. To get a model’s DataSource from within the model, use:

194 Chapter 6. Models

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

$dataSource = $this -> getDataSource ();

You can then use the data source to start, commit, or roll back transactions.

$dataSource -> begin ();

// Perform some tasks

( /*all’s well*/ ) {

$dataSource -> commit ();

}

else

{

$dataSource -> rollback ();

}

Nested Transactions

It is possible to start a transaction several times using the Datasource::begin() method. The transaction will finish only when the number of commit and rollback match with begin’s.

$dataSource -> begin ();

// Perform some tasks

$dataSource -> begin ();

// More few tasks

( /*latest task ok*/ ) {

$dataSource -> commit ();

}

else

{

$dataSource -> rollback ();

// Change something in main task

}

$dataSource -> commit ();

This will perform the real nested transaction if your database supports it and it is enabled in the datasource.

The methods will always return true when in transaction mode and the nested is not supported or disabled.

If you want to use multiple begin’s but not use the nested transaction from database, disable it using

$dataSource->useNestedTransactions = false;

. It will use only the global transaction.

The real nested transaction is disabled by

$dataSource->useNestedTransactions = true; .

default.

Enable it using

More on models 195

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

196 Chapter 6. Models

CHAPTER 7

Core Libraries

CakePHP comes with a plethora of built-in functions and classes. These classes and functions try to cover some of the most common features required in web applications.

General Purpose

General purpose libraries are available and reused in many places across CakePHP.

General Purpose

Global Constants and Functions

While most of your day-to-day work in CakePHP will be utilizing core classes and methods, CakePHP features a number of global convenience functions that may come in handy. Many of these functions are for use with CakePHP classes (loading model or component classes), but many others make working with arrays or strings a little easier.

We’ll also cover some of the constants available in CakePHP applications. Using these constants will help make upgrades more smooth, but are also convenient ways to point to certain files or directories in your

CakePHP application.

Global Functions

Here are CakePHP’s globally available functions. Most of them are just convenience wrappers for other

CakePHP functionality, such as debugging and translating content.

( string $string_id

[

, $formatArgs

]

)

This function handles localization in CakePHP applications. The $string_id identifies the ID for a translation. Strings used for translations are treated as format strings for sprintf(). You can supply additional arguments to replace placeholders in your string:

197

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

__( ’You have %s unread messages’ , $number );

Note: Check out the

Internationalization & Localization

section for more information.

__c

( string $msg , integer $category, mixed $args = null)

Note that the category must be specified with a numeric value, instead of the constant name. The values are:

•0 - LC_ALL

•1 - LC_COLLATE

•2 - LC_CTYPE

•3 - LC_MONETARY

•4 - LC_NUMERIC

•5 - LC_TIME

•6 - LC_MESSAGES

__d

( string $domain , string $msg, mixed $args = null)

Allows you to override the current domain for a single message lookup.

Useful when internationalizing a plugin: echo __d(’PluginName’, ’This is my plugin’);

__dc

( string $domain , string $msg, integer $category, mixed $args = null)

Allows you to override the current domain for a single message lookup. It also allows you to specify a category.

Note that the category must be specified with a numeric value, instead of the constant name. The values are:

•0 - LC_ALL

•1 - LC_COLLATE

•2 - LC_CTYPE

•3 - LC_MONETARY

•4 - LC_NUMERIC

•5 - LC_TIME

•6 - LC_MESSAGES

__dcn

( string $domain , string $singular, string $plural, integer $count, integer $category, mixed

$args = null)

Allows you to override the current domain for a single plural message lookup. It also allows you to specify a category. Returns correct plural form of message identified by $singular and $plural for count $count from domain $domain.

198 Chapter 7. Core Libraries

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Note that the category must be specified with a numeric value, instead of the constant name. The values are:

•0 - LC_ALL

•1 - LC_COLLATE

•2 - LC_CTYPE

•3 - LC_MONETARY

•4 - LC_NUMERIC

•5 - LC_TIME

•6 - LC_MESSAGES

__dn

( string $domain , string $singular, string $plural, integer $count, mixed $args = null)

Allows you to override the current domain for a single plural message lookup. Returns correct plural form of message identified by $singular and $plural for count $count from domain $domain.

__n

( string $singular , string $plural, integer $count, mixed $args = null)

Returns correct plural form of message identified by $singular and $plural for count $count. Some languages have more than one form for plural messages dependent on the count.

( array $one , $two, $three...)

Merges all the arrays passed as parameters and returns the merged array.

config

()

Can be used to load files from your application config-folder via include_once. Function checks for existence before include and returns boolean. Takes an optional number of arguments.

Example: config(’some_file’, ’myconfig’);

convertSlash

( string $string)

Converts forward slashes to underscores and removes the first and last underscores in a string. Returns the converted string.

debug

( mixed $var , boolean $showHtml = null, $showFrom = true)

If the application’s DEBUG level is non-zero, $var is printed out. If $showHTML is true or left as null, the data is rendered to be browser-friendly. If $showFrom is not set to false, the debug output will start with the line from which it was called Also see

Debugging

env

( string $key)

Gets an environment variable from available sources. Used as a backup if $_SERVER or $_ENV are disabled.

This function also emulates PHP_SELF and DOCUMENT_ROOT on unsupporting servers. In fact, it’s a good idea to always use env() instead of $_SERVER or getenv() (especially if you plan to distribute the code), since it’s a full emulation wrapper.

fileExistsInPath

( string $file)

Checks to make sure that the supplied file is within the current PHP include_path. Returns a boolean result.

( string $text , boolean $double = true, string $charset = null)

Convenience wrapper for htmlspecialchars().

General Purpose 199

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

LogError

( string $message)

Shortcut to Log::write().

pluginSplit

( string $name , boolean $dotAppend = false, string $plugin = null)

Splits a dot syntax plugin name into its plugin and classname. If $name does not have a dot, then index 0 will be null.

Commonly used like list($plugin, $name) = pluginSplit(’Users.User’);

( mixed $var)

Convenience wrapper for print_r(), with the addition of wrapping <pre> tags around the output.

sortByKey

( array &$array , string $sortby , string $order = ‘asc’ , integer $type =

SORT_NUMERIC)

Sorts given $array by key $sortby.

stripslashes_deep

( array $value)

Recursively strips slashes from the supplied $value. Returns the modified array.

Core Definition Constants

Most of the following constants refer to paths in your application.

constant APP

Path to the application’s directory.

constant APP_DIR

Equals app or the name of your application directory.

constant APPLIBS

Path to the application’s Lib directory.

constant CACHE

Path to the cache files directory. It can be shared between hosts in a multi-server setup.

constant CAKE

Path to the cake directory.

constant CAKE_CORE_INCLUDE_PATH

Path to the root lib directory.

constant CORE_PATH

Path to the root directory with ending directory slash.

constant CSS

Path to the public CSS directory.

constant CSS_URL

Web path to the CSS files directory.

constant DS

Short for PHP’s DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR, which is / on Linux and \ on windows.

constant FULL_BASE_URL

Full url prefix. Such as https://example.com

200 Chapter 7. Core Libraries

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

constant IMAGES

Path to the public images directory.

constant IMAGES_URL

Web path to the public images directory.

constant JS

Path to the public JavaScript directory.

constant JS_URL

Web path to the js files directory.

constant LOGS

Path to the logs directory.

constant ROOT

Path to the root directory.

constant TESTS

Path to the tests directory.

constant TMP

Path to the temporary files directory.

constant VENDORS

Path to the vendors directory.

constant WEBROOT_DIR

Equals webroot or the name of your webroot directory.

constant WWW_ROOT

Full path to the webroot.

Timing Definition Constants

constant TIME_START

Unix timestamp in microseconds as a float from when the application started.

constant SECOND

Equals 1 constant MINUTE

Equals 60 constant HOUR

Equals 3600 constant DAY

Equals 86400 constant WEEK

Equals 604800 constant MONTH

Equals 2592000

General Purpose 201

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

constant YEAR

Equals 31536000

App Class

class App

The app class is responsible for path management, class location and class loading. Make sure you follow the

File and Classname Conventions .

Packages

CakePHP is organized around the idea of packages, each class belongs to a package or folder where other classes reside.

You can configure each package location in your application using

App::build(’APackage/SubPackage’, $paths) to inform the framework where should each class be loaded. Almost every class in the CakePHP framework can be swapped with your own compatible implementation. If you wish to use you own class instead of the classes the framework provides, just add the class to your libs folder emulating the directory location of where CakePHP expects to find it.

For instance if you’d like to use your own HttpSocket class, put it under: app / Lib / Network / Http / HttpSocket .

php

Once you’ve done this App will load your override file instead of the file inside CakePHP.

Loading classes

static App::uses(string $class, string $package)

Return type void

Classes are lazily loaded in CakePHP, however before the autoloader can find your classes you need to tell App, where it can find the files. By telling App which package a class can be found in, it can properly locate the file and load it the first time a class is used.

Some examples for common types of classes are:

Controller App::uses(’PostsController’, ’Controller’);

Component App::uses(’AuthComponent’, ’Controller/Component’);

Model App::uses(’MyModel’, ’Model’);

Behaviors App::uses(’TreeBehavior’, ’Model/Behavior’);

Views App::uses(’ThemeView’, ’View’);

Helpers App::uses(’HtmlHelper’, ’View/Helper’);

Libs App::uses(’PaymentProcessor’, ’Lib’);

Vendors App::uses(’Textile’, ’Vendor’);

202 Chapter 7. Core Libraries

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Utility App::uses(’String’, ’Utility’);

So basically the second param should simply match the folder path of the class file in core or app.

Note: Loading vendors usually means you are loading packages that do not follow conventions. For most vendor packages using App::import() is recommended.

Loading files from plugins

Loading classes in plugins works much the same as loading app and core classes except you must specify the plugin you are loading from:

// Load the class Comment in app/Plugin/PluginName/Model/Comment.php

App :: uses ( ’Comment’ , ’PluginName.Model’ );

// Load the class CommentComponent in app/Plugin/PluginName/Controller/Component/CommentComponent.php

App :: uses ( ’CommentComponent’ , ’PluginName.Controller/Component’ );

Finding paths to packages using App::path()

static App::path(string $package, string $plugin = null)

Return type array

Used to read information stored path:

// return the model paths in your application

App :: path ( ’Model’ );

This can be done for all packages that are apart of your application. You can also fetch paths for a plugin:

// return the component paths in DebugKit

App :: path ( ’Component’ , ’DebugKit’ ); static App::paths()

Return type array

Get all the currently loaded paths from App. Useful for inspecting or storing all paths App knows about. For a paths to a specific package use

App::path()

static App::core(string $package)

Return type array

Used for finding the path to a package inside CakePHP:

// Get the path to Cache engines.

App :: core ( ’Cache/Engine’ ); static App::location(string $className)

Return type string

General Purpose 203

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Returns the package name where a class was defined to be located at.

Adding paths for App to find packages in

static App::build(array $paths = array(), mixed $mode = App::PREPEND)

Return type void

Sets up each package location on the file system. You can configure multiple search paths for each package, those will be used to look for files one folder at a time in the specified order. All paths should be terminated with a directory separator.

Adding additional controller paths for example would alter where CakePHP looks for controllers.

This allows you to split your application up across the filesystem.

Usage:

//will setup a new search path for the Model package

App :: build (

array

( ’Model’ =>

array

( ’/a/full/path/to/models/’ )));

//will setup the path as the only valid path for searching models

App :: build (

array

( ’Model’ =>

array

( ’/path/to/models/’ )), App :: RESET );

//will setup multiple search paths for helpers

App :: build (

array

( ’View/Helper’ =>

array

( ’/path/to/helpers/’ , ’/another/path/’ )));

If reset is set to true, all loaded plugins will be forgotten and they will be needed to be loaded again.

Examples:

App :: build (

array

( ’controllers’ =>

array

( ’/full/path/to/controllers’ )));

//becomes

App :: build (

array

( ’Controller’ =>

array

( ’/full/path/to/Controller’ )));

App :: build (

array

( ’helpers’ =>

array

( ’/full/path/to/views/helpers’ )));

//becomes

App :: build (

array

( ’View/Helper’ =>

array

( ’/full/path/to/View/Helper’ )));

Changed in version 2.0: App::build() will not merge app paths with core paths anymore.

Add new packages to an application

App::build() can be used to add new package locations. This is useful when you want to add new top level packages or, sub-packages to your application:

App :: build (

array

(

’Service’ =>

array

( ’%s’ .

’Service’ .

DS)

), App :: REGISTER );

The %s in newly registered packages will be replaced with the

APP

path. You must include a trailing / in registered packages. Once packages are registered, you can use App::build() to append/prepend/reset paths like any other package. Changed in version 2.1: Registering packages was added in 2.1

204 Chapter 7. Core Libraries

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Finding which objects CakePHP knows about

static App::objects(string $type, mixed $path = null, boolean $cache = true)

Return type mixed Returns an array of objects of the given type or false if incorrect.

You can find out which objects App knows about using App::objects(’Controller’) for example to find which application controllers App knows about.

Example usage:

//returns array(’DebugKit’, ’Blog’, ’User’);

App :: objects ( ’plugin’ );

//returns array(’PagesController’, ’BlogController’);

App :: objects ( ’Controller’ );

You can also search only within a plugin’s objects by using the plugin dot syntax.:

// returns array(’MyPluginPost’, ’MyPluginComment’);

App :: objects ( ’MyPlugin.Model’ );

Changed in version 2.0.

1.Returns array() instead of false for empty results or invalid types

2.Does not return core objects anymore, App::objects(’core’) will return array().

3.Returns the complete class name

Locating plugins

static App::pluginPath(string $plugin)

Return type string

Plugins can be located with App as well. Using App::pluginPath(’DebugKit’); for example, will give you the full path to the DebugKit plugin:

$path = App :: pluginPath ( ’DebugKit’ );

Locating themes

static App::themePath(string $theme)

Return type string

Themes can be found App::themePath(’purple’);, would give the full path to the purple theme.

General Purpose 205

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Including files with App::import()

static App::import(mixed $type = null, string $name = null, mixed $parent = true, array $search

= array() , string $file = null, boolean $return = false)

Return type boolean

At first glance App::import seems complex, however in most use cases only 2 arguments are required.

Note: This method is equivalent to require‘ing the file. It is important to realize that the class subsequently needs to be initialized.

// The same as require(’Controller/UsersController.php’);

App :: import ( ’Controller’ , ’Users’ );

// We need to load the class

$Users =

new

UsersController();

// If we want the model associations, components, etc to be loaded

$Users -> constructClasses ();

All classes that were loaded in the past using App::import(‘Core’, $class) will need to be loaded using App::uses() referring to the correct package. This change has provided large performance gains to the framework. Changed in version 2.0.

•The method no longer looks for classes recursively, it strictly uses the values for the paths defined in

App::build()

•It will not be able to load App::import(’Component’, ’Component’) use

App::uses(’Component’, ’Controller’);

•Using App::import(’Lib’, ’CoreClass’); to load core classes is no longer possible.

•Importing a non-existent file, supplying a wrong type or package name, or null values for $name and $file parameters will result in a false return value.

•App::import(’Core’, ’CoreClass’) is no longer supported, use

App::uses()

instead and let the class autoloading do the rest.

•Loading Vendor files does not look recursively in the vendors folder, it will also not convert the file to underscored anymore as it did in the past.

Overriding classes in CakePHP

You can override almost every class in the framework, exceptions are the

App

and

Configure

classes.

Whenever you like to perform such overriding, just add your class to your app/Lib folder mimicking the internal structure of the framework. Some examples to follow

• To override the Dispatcher class, create app/Lib/Routing/Dispatcher.php

• To override the

CakeRoute

class, create app/Lib/Routing/Route/CakeRoute.php

206 Chapter 7. Core Libraries

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

• To override the Model class, create app/Lib/Model/Model.php

When you load the replaced files, the app/Lib files will be loaded instead of the built-in core classes.

Loading Vendor Files

You can use App::uses() to load classes in vendors directories. It follows the same conventions as loading other files:

// Load the class Geshi in app/Vendor/Geshi.php

App :: uses ( ’Geshi’ , ’Vendor’ );

To load classes in subdirectories, you’ll need to add those paths with App::build():

// Load the class ClassInSomePackage in app/Vendor/SomePackage/ClassInSomePackage.php

App :: build (

array

( ’Vendor’ =>

array

(APP .

’Vendor’ .

DS .

’SomePackage’ )));

App :: uses ( ’ClassInSomePackage’ , ’Vendor’ );

Your vendor files may not follow conventions, have a class that differs from the file name or does not contain classes. You can load those files using App::import(). The following examples illustrate how to load vendor files from a number of path structures. These vendor files could be located in any of the vendor folders.

To load app/Vendor/geshi.php:

App :: import ( ’Vendor’ , ’geshi’ );

Note: The geshi file must be a lower-case file name as Cake will not find it otherwise.

To load app/Vendor/flickr/flickr.php:

App :: import ( ’Vendor’ , ’flickr/flickr’ );

To load app/Vendor/some.name.php:

App :: import ( ’Vendor’ , ’SomeName’ ,

array

( ’file’ => ’some.name.php’ ));

To load app/Vendor/services/well.named.php:

App :: import ( ’Vendor’ , ’WellNamed’ ,

array

( ’file’ => ’services’ .

DS .

’well.named.php’ ));

It wouldn’t make a difference if your vendor files are inside your /vendors directory. Cake will automatically find it.

To load vendors/vendorName/libFile.php:

App :: import ( ’Vendor’ , ’aUniqueIdentifier’ ,

array

( ’file’ => ’vendorName’ .

DS .

’libFile.php’ ));

App Init/Load/Shutdown Methods

static App::init()

General Purpose 207

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Return type void

Initializes the cache for App, registers a shutdown function.

static App::load(string $className)

Return type boolean

Method to handle the automatic class loading. It will look for each class’ package defined using

App::uses()

and with this information it will resolve the package name to a full path to load the class from. File name for each class should follow the class name. For instance, if a class is name

MyCustomClass the file name should be MyCustomClass.php

static App::shutdown()

Return type void

Object destructor. Writes cache file if changes have been made to the $_map.

Events System

New in version 2.1. Creating maintainable applications is both a science and an art. It is well-known that a key for having good quality code is making your objects loosely coupled and strongly cohesive at the same time. Cohesion means that all methods and properties for a class are strongly related to the class itself and it is not trying to do the job other objects should be doing, while loosely coupling is the measure of how little a class is “wired” to external objects, and how much that class is depending on them.

While most of the CakePHP structure and default libraries will help you achieve this goal, there are certain cases where you need to cleanly communicate with other parts in the system without having to hard code those dependencies, thus losing cohesion and increasing class coupling. A very successful design pattern in software engineering is the Observer pattern, where objects can generate events and notify possibly anonymous listeners about changes in the internal state.

Listeners in the observer pattern can subscribe to such events and choose to act upon them, modify the subject state or simply log stuff. If you have used javascript in the past, the chances are that you are already familiar with event driven programming.

CakePHP emulates several aspects of how events are triggered and managed in popular javascript frameworks such as jQuery, while remaining loyal to its object oriented design. In this implementation, an event object is carried across all listeners holding the information and the ability to stop the event propagation at any point. Listeners can register themselves or can delegate this task to other objects and have the chance to alter the state and the event itself for the rest of the callbacks.

Interacting with the event managers

Let’s suppose you are building a Cart plugin, but you don’t really want to mess with shipping logic, emailing the user or decrementing the item from the stock, it is your wish to handle those things separately in another plugin or in app code. Typically, when not directly using the observer pattern you would do this by attaching behaviors on the fly to your models, and perhaps some components to the controllers.

Doing so represents a challenge most of the time, since you would have to come up with the code for externally loading those behaviors or attaching hooks to your plugin controllers. Prior to CakePHP 2.1

208 Chapter 7. Core Libraries

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

some developers chose to implement generic event systems to solve this problem, and some of those system were offered as plugins. Now, you can benefit from a standard general purpose event system that will let you cleanly separate the concerns of your plugins and application code with the built in events manager.

Dispatching events So back to our example, we would have an Order model that will manage the buying logic, and probably a place method to save the order details and do any other logic:

// Cart/Model/Order.php

class Order extends

AppModel {

public function

place ( $order ) {

( $this -> save ( $order )) {

$this -> Cart -> remove ( $order );

$this -> sendNotificationEmail ();

$this -> decrementFromStock ();

$this -> updateUserStatistics ();

// ...

return true

;

}

return false

;

}

Well, that does not look right at all. A plugin should not make any assumption about sending emails, and may not even have the inventory data to decrement the item from it, and definitely tracking usage statistics is not the best place to do it. So we need another solution, let’s rewrite that using the event manager:

// Cart/Model/Order.php

App :: uses ( ’CakeEvent’ , ’Event’ );

class Order extends

AppModel {

public function

place ( $order ) {

( $this -> save ( $order )) {

$this -> Cart -> remove ( $order );

$this -> getEventManager () -> dispatch (

new

CakeEvent( ’Model.Order.afterPlace’ , $this ,

array

(

)));

’order’ => $order

return true

;

}

return false

;

}

That looks a lot cleaner, at gives us the opportunity to introduce the event classes and methods. The first thing you may notice is the call to getEventManager() this is a method that is available by default in all

Models, Controller and Views. This method will not return the same manager instance across models, and it is not shared between controllers and models, but they are between controllers and views, nevertheless. We will review later how to overcome this implementation detail.

The getEventManager method returns an instance of CakeEventManager, and to dispatch events you use CakeEventManager::dispatch() which receives an instance of the CakeEvent class.

Let’s dissect now the process of dispatching an event:

General Purpose 209

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

new

CakeEvent( ’Model.Order.afterPlace’ , $this ,

array

(

’order’ => $order

));

CakeEvent receives 3 arguments in its constructor.

The first one is the event name, you should try to keep this name as unique as possible, while making it readable.

We suggest a convention as follows: Layer.eventName for general events happening at a layer level (e.g.

Controller.startup

View.beforeRender

) and Layer.Class.eventName for events happening in specific classes on a layer, for example Model.User.afterRegister or Controller.Courses.invalidAccess.

The second argument is the subject, meaning the object associated to the event, usually when it is the same class triggering events about itself, using $this will be the most common case. Although a

Component

could trigger controller events too. The subject class is important because listeners will get immediate access to the object properties and have the chance to inspect or change them on the fly.

Finally, the third argument is the event’s params. This can be any data you consider useful to pass around so listeners can act upon it. While this can be an argument of any type, we recommend passing an associative array, to make inspection easier.

CakeEventManager::dispatch() method accepts the event object as argument and notifies all listener and callbacks passing this object along. So the listeners will handle all the extra logic around the afterPlace event, you can log the time, send emails, update user statistics possibly in separate objects and even delegating it to offline tasks if you have the need.

Registering callbacks How do we register callbacks or observers to our new afterPlace event?

This is subject to a wide variety of different implementations, but they all have to call the

CakeEventManager::attach() method to register new actors. For simplicity’s sake, let’s imagine we know in the plugin what the callbacks are available in the controller, and say this controller is responsible for attaching them. The possible code would look like this:

// Listeners configured somewhere else, maybe a config file:

Configure :: write ( ’Order.afterPlace’ ,

array

(

’email-sending’ => ’EmailSender::sendBuyEmail’ ,

’inventory’ =>

array

( $this -> InventoryManager , ’decrement’ ),

’logger’ =>

function

( $event ) {

// Anonymous function are only available in PHP 5.3+

CakeLog :: write ( ’info’ , ’A new order was placed with id: ’ .

$event -> subject () -> id );

}

));

// Cart/Controller/OrdersController.php

class OrdersController extends

AppController {

public function

finish () {

foreach

(Configure :: read ( ’Order.afterPlace’ )

$l ) {

$this -> Order -> getEventManager () -> attach ( $l , ’Model.Order.afterPlace’ );

}

( $this -> Order -> place ( $this -> Cart -> items ())) {

// ...

}

210 Chapter 7. Core Libraries

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

}

This may not be the cleanest way to do it, so you can come up with your own ways for attaching listeners to an object’s event manager. This simple way of defining them using the Configure class is intended for didactic purposes only. This little example allows us to showcase what type of callbacks can be attached to the manager. As you may already have figured out, the attach method takes any valid PHP callback type, this is a string representing a static function call, an array having a class instance and a method, an anonymous function if you use PHP 5.3, etc. Attached callbacks will all receive the event object as first argument

CakeEventManager::attach()

Accepts three arguments. The leftmost one is the callback itself, anything that PHP can treat as a callable function. The second argument is the event name, and the callback will only get fired if the CakeEvent object dispatched has a matching name. The last argument is an array of options to configure the callback priority, and the preference of arguments to be passed.

Registering listeners Listeners are an alternative, and often cleaner way of registering callbacks for an event. This is done by implementing the CakeEventListener interface in any class you wish to register some callbacks. Classes implementing it need to provide the implementedEvents() method and return an associative array with all event names that the class will handle.

To keep up with our previous example, let’s imagine we have a UserStatistic class responsible for calculating useful information and compiling into the global site statistics. It would be natural to pass an instance of this class as a callback, instead of implementing a custom static function or converting any other workaround to trigger methods in this class. A listener is created as follows:

App :: uses ( ’CakeEventListener’ , ’Event’ );

class UserStatistic implements

CakeEventListener {

public function

implementedEvents () {

return array

(

’Model.Order.afterPlace’ => ’updateBuyStatistic’ ,

);

}

public function

updateBuyStatistic ( $event ) {

// Code to update statistics

}

// Attach the UserStatistic object to the Order’s event manager

$statistics =

new

UserStatistic();

$this -> Order -> getEventManager () -> attach ( $statistics );

As you can see in the above code, the attach function can handle instances of the CakeEventListener interface. Internally, the event manager will read the array returned by implementedEvents method and wire the callbacks accordingly.

Establishing priorities In some cases you’d want to run a callback and make sure it gets executed before, or after all the other callbacks have been run. For instance, think again about our user statistics example.

It would make sense to run this method only when we can make sure the event was not cancelled, there

General Purpose 211

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

were no errors and the other callbacks did not change the state of the order itself. For those cases you use priorities.

Priorities are handled using a number associated to the callback itself. The higher the number, the later the method will be fired. Default priority for all callbacks and listener methods are set to 10. If you need your method to be run before, then using any value below this default will help you do it, even setting the priority to 1 or a negative value should work. On the other hand if you desire to run the callback after the others, using a number above 10 will do.

If two callbacks happen to be allocated in the same priority queue, they will be executed with a FIFO policy, the first listener method to be attached is called first and so on. You set priorities using the attach method for callbacks, and declaring it in the implementedEvents function for event listeners:

// Setting priority for a callback

$callback =

array

( $this , ’doSomething’ );

$this -> getEventManager () -> attach ( $callback , ’Model.Order.afterPlace’ ,

array

( ’priority’ => 2 ));

// Setting priority for a listener

class UserStatistic implements

CakeEventListener {

public function

implementedEvents () {

return array

(

’Model.Order.afterPlace’ =>

array

( ’callable’ => ’updateBuyStatistic’ , ’priority’ => 100 ),

);

}

As you see, the main difference for CakeEventListener objects is that you need to use an array for specifying the callable method and the priority preference. The callable key is an special array entry that the manager will read to know what function in the class it should be calling.

Getting event data as function params Some developers might prefer having the event data passed as function parameters instead of receiving the event object. While this is an odd preference and using the event object is a lot more powerful, this was needed to provide backwards compatibility with the previous event system and to offer seasoned developers an alternative to what they were used to.

In order to toggle this option you have to add the passParams option to the third argument of the attach method, or declare it in the implementedEvents returned array similar to what you do with priorities:

// Setting priority for a callback

$callback =

array

( $this , ’doSomething’ );

$this -> getEventManager () -> attach ( $callback , ’Model.Order.afterPlace’ ,

array

( ’passParams’ =>

true

));

// Setting priority for a listener

class UserStatistic implements

CakeEventListener {

public function

implementedEvents () {

return array

(

’Model.Order.afterPlace’ =>

array

( ’callable’ => ’updateBuyStatistic’ , ’passParams’ =>

true

);

}

public function

updateBuyStatistic ( $orderData ) {

// ...

212 Chapter 7. Core Libraries

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

}

In the above code the doSomething function and updateBuyStatistic method will receive $orderData instead of the $event object. This is so, because in our previous example we trigger the Model.Order.afterPlace

event with some data:

$this -> getEventManager () -> dispatch (

new

CakeEvent( ’Model.Order.afterPlace’ , $this ,

array

(

’order’ => $order

)));

Note: The params can only be passed as function arguments if the event data is an array. Any other data type cannot be converted to function parameters, thus not using this option is often the most adequate choice.

Stopping events There are circumstances where you will need to stop events so the operation that started it is cancelled. You see examples of this in the model callbacks (e.g. beforeSave) in which it is possible to stop the saving operation if the code detects it cannot proceed any further.

In order to stop events you can either return false in your callbacks or call the stopPropagation method on the event object:

public function

doSomething ( $event ) {

// ...

return false

; // stops the event

}

public function

updateBuyStatistic ( $event ) {

// ...

$event -> stopPropagation ();

}

Stopping an event can have two different effects. The first one can always be expected: any callback after the event was stopped will not be called. The second consequence is optional and it depends on the code triggering the event, for instance, in our afterPlace example it would not make any sense to cancel the operation since the data was already saved and the cart emptied. Nevertheless, if we had a beforePlace stopping the event would have a valid meaning.

To check if an event was stopped, you call the isStopped() method in the event object:

public function

place ( $order ) {

$event =

new

CakeEvent( ’Model.Order.beforePlace’ , $this ,

array

( ’order’ => $order ));

$this -> getEventManager () -> dispatch ( $event );

( $event -> isStopped ()) {

return false

;

}

( $this -> Order -> save ( $order )) {

// ...

}

// ...

}

General Purpose 213

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

In the previous example the order would not get saved if the event is stopped during the beforePlace process.

Getting event results Every time a callback returns a value, it gets stored in the $result property of the event object. This is useful in some cases where letting callbacks modify the main process params enhances the ability of altering the execution aspect of any process. Let’s take again our beforePlace example and let callbacks modify the $order data.

Event results can be altered either using the event object result property directly or returning the value in the callback itself:

// A listener callback

public function

doSomething ( $event ) {

// ...

$alteredData = $event -> data [ ’order’ ] + $moreData ;

return

$alteredData ;

}

// Another listener callback

public function

doSomethingElse ( $event ) {

// ...

$event -> result [ ’order’ ] = $alteredData ;

}

// Using the event result

public function

place ( $order ) {

$event =

new

CakeEvent( ’Model.Order.beforePlace’ , $this ,

array

( ’order’ => $order ));

$this -> getEventManager () -> dispatch ( $event );

( !

empty

( $event -> result [ ’order’ ])) {

$order = $event -> result [ ’order’ ];

}

( $this -> Order -> save ( $order )) {

// ...

}

// ...

}

As you also may have noticed it is possible to alter any event object property and be sure that this new data will get passed to the next callback. In most of the cases, providing objects as event data or result and directly altering the object is the best solution as the reference is kept the same and modifications are shared across all callback calls.

Removing callbacks and listeners If for any reason you want to remove any callback from the event manager just call the CakeEventManager::detach() method using as arguments the first two params you used for attaching it:

// Attaching a function

$this -> getEventManager () -> attach (

array

( $this , ’doSomething’ ), ’My.event’ );

// Detaching the function

$this -> getEventManager () -> detach (

array

( $this , ’doSomething’ ), ’My.event’ );

214 Chapter 7. Core Libraries

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

// Attaching an anonymous function (PHP 5.3+ only);

$myFunction =

function

( $event ) { ...

};

$this -> getEventManager () -> attach ( $myFunction , ’My.event’ );

// Detaching the anonymous function

$this -> getEventManager () -> detach ( $myFunction , ’My.event’ );

// Attaching a CakeEventListener

$listener =

new

MyCakeEventLister();

$this -> getEventManager () -> attach ( $listener );

// Detaching a single event key from a listener

$this -> getEventManager () -> detach ( $listener , ’My.event’ );

// Detaching all callbacks implemented by a listener

$this -> getEventManager () -> detach ( $listener );

The global event manager

As previously noted, it might get hard to attach observers to a particular event manager in an object. There are certain cases where having the ability to attach callbacks for an event is needed without having access to the object instance that will trigger it. Also, to prevent people from implementing each of them a different mechanism for loading callbacks into managers based on configuration, CakePHP provides the concept of the global event manager.

The global manager is a singleton instance of a CakeEventManager class that receives every event that any event manager in the app dispatches. This is both powerful and flexible, but if you use it you need to take more precautions when dealing with events.

To set the concept right once again, and using our beforePlace example let’s recall that we were using the local event manager that is returned by the getEventManager function. Internally this local event manager dispatches the event into the global one before it triggers the internal attached callbacks. The priority for each manager is independent, the global callbacks will fire in their own priority queue and then the local callbacks will get called in the respective priority order.

Accessing the global event manager is as easy as calling a static function, the following example will attach a global event to the beforePlace event:

// In any configuration file or piece of code that executes before the event

App :: uses ( ’CakeEventManager’ , ’Event’ );

CakeEventManager :: instance () -> attach ( $aCallback , ’Model.Order.beforePlace’ );

As you can see, we just change how we get access to an event manager instance, and we can apply the same concepts we learned before about triggering, attaching, detaching, stopping events, etc.

One important thing you should consider is that there are events that will be triggered having the same name but different subjects, so checking it in the event object is usually required in any function that gets attached globally in order to prevent some bugs. Remember that extreme flexibility implies extreme complexity.

Consider this callback that wants to listen for all Model beforeFinds but in reality, it cannot do its logic if the model is the Cart:

General Purpose 215

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

App :: uses ( ’CakeEventManager’ , ’Event’ );

CakeEventManager :: instance () -> attach ( ’myCallback’ , ’Model.beforeFind’ );

function

myCallback ( $event ) {

( $event -> subject () instanceof Cart) {

return

;

}

return array

( ’conditions’ => ...

);

}

Conclusion

Events are a great way of separating concerns in your application and make classes both cohesive and decoupled from each other, nevertheless using events is not the solution to all problems. Most applications actually won’t need this feature at all, we recommend looking into other options when it comes to implementing callbacks such as using behaviors, components or helpers.

Keep in mind that with great power comes great responsibility, decoupling your classes this way also means that you need to perform more and better integration testing on your code. Abusing this tool won’t make your apps have a better architecture, quite the opposite, it will make the code harder to read. Whereas in contrast, if you use it wisely, only for the stuff your really need, it will make you code easier to work with, test and integrate.

Additional Reading

Collections Components, Helpers, Behaviors and Tasks all share a similar structure and set of behaviors.

For 2.0, they were given a unified API for interacting with collections of similar objects. The collection objects in CakePHP, give you a uniform way to interact with several different kinds of objects in your application.

While the examples below, will use Components, the same behavior can be expected for Helpers, Behaviors, and Tasks in addition to Components.

Loading and unloading objects Loading objects on every kind of collection can be done using the load() method:

$this -> Prg = $this -> Components -> load ( ’Prg’ );

$this -> Prg -> process ();

When loading a component, if the component is not currently loaded into the collection, a new instance will be created. If the component is already loaded, another instance will not be created. When loading components, you can also provide additional configuration for them:

$this -> Cookie = $this -> Components -> load ( ’Cookie’ ,

array

( ’name’ => ’sweet’ ));

216 Chapter 7. Core Libraries

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

to have component names that do not reflect the classnames, which can be helpful when extending core components:

$this -> Auth = $this -> Components -> load ( ’Auth’ ,

array

( ’className’ => ’MyCustomAuth’ ));

$this -> Auth -> user (); // Actually using MyCustomAuth::user();

The inverse of loading an object, is unloading it. Unloaded objects are removed from memory, and will not have additional callbacks triggered on them:

$this -> Components -> unload ( ’Cookie’ );

$this -> Cookie -> read (); // Fatal error.

Triggering callbacks

Callbacks are supported by collection objects. When a collection has a callback triggered, that method will be called on all enabled objects in the collection. You can pass parameters to the callback loop as well:

$this -> Behaviors -> trigger ( ’afterFind’ ,

array

( $this , $results , $primary ));

In the above $viewFile would be passed as the first argument to every helper’s beforeRender method.

There are several options that can be used to control how callbacks are fired:

• breakOn Set to the value or values you want the callback propagation to stop on. Can either be a scalar value, or an array of values to break on. Defaults to false.

• break Set to true to enabled breaking. When a trigger is broken, the last returned value will be returned. If used in combination with collectReturn the collected results will be returned. Defaults to false.

• collectReturn Set to true to collect the return of each object into an array. This array of return values will be returned from the trigger() call. Defaults to false.

• triggerDisabled Will trigger the callback on all objects in the collection even the non-enabled objects. Defaults to false.

• modParams Allows each object the callback gets called on to modify the parameters to the next object. Setting modParams to an integer value will allow you to modify the parameter with that index.

Any non-null value will modify the parameter index indicated. Defaults to false.

Canceling a callback loop Using the break and breakOn options you can cancel a callback loop midway similar to stopping event propagation in JavaScript:

$this -> Behaviors -> trigger (

’beforeFind’ ,

array

( $this , $query ),

array

( ’break’ =>

true

, ’breakOn’ =>

false

);

In the above example, if any behavior returns false from its beforeFind method, no further callbacks will be called. In addition, the return of trigger() will be false.

General Purpose 217

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Enabling and disabling objects Once an object is loaded into a collection you may need to disable it.

Disabling an object in a collection prevents future callbacks from being fired on that object unless the triggerDisabled option is used:

// Disable the HtmlHelper

$this -> Helpers -> disable ( ’Html’ );

// Re-enable the helper later on

$this -> Helpers -> enable ( ’Html’ );

Disabled objects can still have their normal methods and properties used. The primary difference between an enabled and disabled object is with regards to callbacks. You can interrogate a collection about the enabled objects, or check if a specific object is still enabled using enabled():

// Check whether or not a specific helper is enabled.

$this -> Helpers -> enabled ( ’Html’ );

// $enabled will contain an array of helper currently enabled.

$enabled = $this -> Helpers -> enabled ();

Object callback priorities You can prioritize the triggering object callbacks similar to event callbacks.

The handling of priority values and order of triggering is the same as explained

here

. Here’s how you can

specify priority at declaration time:

class SomeController

{

public

$components =

array

(

’Foo’ , //Foo gets default priority 10

’Bar’ =>

array

( ’priority’ => 9 ) //Bar’s callbacks are triggered before Foo’s

);

public

$helpers =

array

(

’Cache’ =>

array

( ’priority’ => 12 ), //Cache’s callbacks will be triggered last

’Asset’ ,

’Utility’ //Utility has priority 10 same as Asset and its callbacks are trigger

//after Asset’s

);

}

class Post

{

public

$actsAs =

array

(

’DoFirst’ =>

array

( ’priority’ => 1 ),

’Media’

);

}

When dynamically loading objects to a collection you can specify the priority like this:

$this -> MyComponent = $this -> Components -> load ( ’MyComponent’ ,

array

( ’priority’ => 9 ));

You can also change priorities at run time using the ObjectCollection::setPriority() function:

218 Chapter 7. Core Libraries

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

//For a single object

$this -> Components -> setPriority ( ’Foo’ , 2 );

//For multiple objects

$this -> Behaviors -> setPriority (

array

( ’Object1’ => 8 , ’Object2’ => 9 ));

Behaviors Model behaviors are a way to organize some of the functionality defined in CakePHP models.

They allow us to separate and reuse logic that creates a type of behavior, and they do this without requiring inheritance. For example creating tree structures. By providing a simple yet powerful way to enhance models, behaviors allow us to attach functionality to models by defining a simple class variable. That’s how behaviors allow models to get rid of all the extra weight that might not be part of the business contract they are modeling, or that is also needed in different models and can then be extrapolated.

TreeBehavior

, or in more formal terms, we tell our model to

behave as a Tree. This is known as attaching a behavior to a model. With just one line of code, our

CakePHP model takes on a whole new set of methods that allow it to interact with the underlying structure.

CakePHP already includes behaviors for tree structures, translated content, access control list interaction, not to mention the community-contributed behaviors already available in the CakePHP Bakery

( http://bakery.cakephp.org

). In this section, we’ll cover the basic usage pattern for adding behaviors to models, how to use CakePHP’s built-in behaviors, and how to create our own.

In essence, Behaviors are Mixins (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mixin) with callbacks.

Using Behaviors Behaviors are attached to models through the $actsAs model class variable:

class Category extends

AppModel {

public

$actsAs =

array

( ’Tree’ );

}

This example shows how a Category model could be managed in a tree structure using the TreeBehavior.

Once a behavior has been specified, use the methods added by the behavior as if they always existed as part of the original model:

// Set ID

$this -> Category -> id = 42 ;

// Use behavior method, children():

$kids = $this -> Category -> children ();

Some behaviors may require or allow settings to be defined when the behavior is attached to the model.

Here, we tell our TreeBehavior the names of the “left” and “right” fields in the underlying database table:

class Category extends

AppModel {

public

$actsAs =

array

( ’Tree’ =>

array

(

’left’ => ’left_node’ ,

General Purpose 219

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

));

’right’ => ’right_node’

}

We can also attach several behaviors to a model. There’s no reason why, for example, our Category model should only behave as a tree, it may also need internationalization support:

class Category extends

AppModel {

public

$actsAs =

array

(

’Tree’ =>

array

(

’left’ => ’left_node’ ,

’right’ => ’right_node’

’Translate’

);

}

Translate model, we need for some reason to force it to stop acting as a Translate model:

// Detach a behavior from our model:

$this -> Category -> Behaviors -> unload ( ’Translate’ );

// Stop letting the behavior handle our model callbacks

$this -> Category -> Behaviors -> disable ( ’Translate’ );

We may also need to find out if our behavior is handling those model callbacks, and if not we then restore its ability to react to them:

// If our behavior is not handling model callbacks

( !

$this -> Category -> Behaviors -> enabled ( ’Translate’ )) {

// Tell it to start doing so

$this -> Category -> Behaviors -> enable ( ’Translate’ );

}

Just as we could completely detach a behavior from a model at runtime, we can also attach new behaviors.

Say that our familiar Category model needs to start behaving as a Christmas model, but only on Christmas day:

// If today is Dec 25

( date ( ’m/d’ ) == ’12/25’ ) {

// Our model needs to behave as a Christmas model

$this -> Category -> Behaviors -> load ( ’Christmas’ );

}

220 Chapter 7. Core Libraries

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

We can also use the load method to override behavior settings:

// We will change one setting from our already attached behavior

$this -> Category -> Behaviors -> load ( ’Tree’ ,

array

( ’left’ => ’new_left_node’ ));

// If the Translate behavior is not attached

( !

$this -> Category -> Behaviors -> loaded ( ’Translate’ )) {

// Get the list of all behaviors the model has attached

$behaviors = $this -> Category -> Behaviors -> loaded ();

}

Creating Behaviors Behaviors that are attached to Models get their callbacks called automatically.

The callbacks are similar to those found in Models: beforeFind, afterFind, beforeSave, afterSave , beforeDelete, afterDelete and onError - see

Callback Methods .

Every callback and behavior method takes a reference to the model it is being called from as the first parameter.

Besides implementing the callbacks, you can add settings per behavior and/or model behavior attachment.

Information about specifying settings can be found in the chapters about core behaviors and their configuration.

A quick example that illustrates how behavior settings can be passed from the model to the behavior:

class Post extends

AppModel {

public

$actsAs =

array

(

’YourBehavior’ =>

array

(

’option1_key’ => ’option1_value’

)

);

}

public function

setup (Model $Model , $settings =

array

()) {

( !

isset ( $this -> settings [ $Model -> alias ])) {

$this -> settings [ $Model -> alias ] =

array

(

’option1_key’ => ’option1_default_value’ ,

’option2_key’ => ’option2_default_value’ ,

’option3_key’ => ’option3_default_value’ ,

);

}

$this -> settings [ $Model -> alias ] = array_merge (

General Purpose 221

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

$this -> settings [ $Model -> alias ], (

array

) $settings );

}

Creating behavior methods Behavior methods are automatically available on any model acting as the behavior. For example if you had:

class Duck extends

AppModel {

public

$actsAs =

array

( ’Flying’ );

}

You would be able to call FlyingBehavior methods as if they were methods on your Duck model.

When creating behavior methods you automatically get passed a reference of the calling model as the first parameter. All other supplied parameters are shifted one place to the right. For example:

$this -> Duck -> fly ( ’toronto’ , ’montreal’ );

Although this method takes two parameters, the method signature should look like:

public function

fly (Model $Model , $from , $to ) {

// Do some flying.

}

Keep in mind that methods called in a $this->doIt() fashion from inside a behavior method will not get the $model parameter automatically appended.

Mapped methods In addition to providing ‘mixin’ methods, behaviors can also provide pattern matching methods. Behaviors can also define mapped methods. Mapped methods use pattern matching for method invocation. This allows you to create methods similar to Model::findAllByXXX methods on your behaviors. Mapped methods need to be declared in your behaviors $mapMethods array. The method signature for a mapped method is slightly different than a normal behavior mixin method:

class MyBehavior extends

ModelBehavior {

public

$mapMethods =

array

( ’/do(\w+)/’ => ’doSomething’ );

public function

doSomething (Model $model , $method , $arg1 , $arg2 ) { debug( func_get_args ());

//do something

}

$model -> doReleaseTheHounds ( ’homer’ , ’lenny’ );

// would output

’ReleaseTheHounds’ , ’homer’ , ’lenny’

222 Chapter 7. Core Libraries

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Behavior callbacks Model Behaviors can define a number of callbacks that are triggered before/after the model callbacks of the same name. Behavior callbacks allow your behaviors to capture events in attached models and augment the parameters or splice in additional behavior.

The available callbacks are:

• beforeValidate is fired before a model’s beforeValidate

• beforeFind is fired before a model’s beforeFind

• afterFind is fired before a model’s afterFind

• beforeSave is fired before a model’s beforeSave

• afterSave is fired before a model’s afterSave

• beforeDelete is fired after a model’s beforeDelete

• afterDelete is fired before a model’s afterDelete

Creating a behavior callback class ModelBehavior

ModelBehavior::setup( Model $Model

, array $settings = array())

Called when a behavior is attached to a model.

The settings come from the attached model’s

$actsAs property.

ModelBehavior::cleanup( Model $Model)

Called when a behavior is detached from a model. The base method removes model settings based on

$model->alias

. You can override this method and provide custom cleanup functionality.

ModelBehavior::beforeFind(

Model $Model , array $query)

If a behavior’s beforeFind return’s false it will abort the find(). Returning an array will augment the query parameters used for the find operation.

ModelBehavior::afterFind(

Model $Model , mixed $results, boolean $primary)

You can use the afterFind to augment the results of a find. The return value will be passed on as the results to either the next behavior in the chain or the model’s afterFind.

ModelBehavior::beforeDelete(

Model $Model , boolean $cascade = true)

You can return false from a behavior’s beforeDelete to abort the delete. Return true to allow it continue.

ModelBehavior::afterDelete(

Model $Model)

You can use afterDelete to perform clean up operations related to your behavior.

ModelBehavior::beforeSave(

Model $Model)

You can return false from a behavior’s beforeSave to abort the save. Return true to allow it continue.

ModelBehavior::afterSave(

Model $Model , boolean $created)

You can use afterSave to perform clean up operations related to your behavior. $created will be true when a record is created, and false when a record is updated.

General Purpose 223

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

ModelBehavior::beforeValidate(

Model $Model)

Components Components are packages of logic that are shared between controllers. If you find yourself wanting to copy and paste things between controllers, you might consider wrapping some functionality in a component.

CakePHP also comes with a fantastic set of core components you can use to aid in:

• Security

• Sessions

• Access control lists

• Emails

• Cookies

• Authentication

• Request handling

• Pagination

Configuring Components Many of the core components require configuration. Some examples of components requiring configuration are

Authentication ,

and

EmailComponent . Configuration for these

components, and for components in general, is usually done in the $components array or your controller’s beforeFilter() method:

class PostsController extends

AppController {

public

$components =

array

(

’Auth’ =>

array

(

’authorize’ =>

array

( ’controller’ ),

’loginAction’ =>

array

( ’controller’ => ’users’ , ’action’ => ’login’ )

’Cookie’ =>

array

( ’name’ => ’CookieMonster’ )

);

public function

beforeFilter () {

$this -> Auth -> authorize =

array

( ’controller’ );

$this -> Auth -> loginAction =

array

( ’controller’ => ’users’ , ’action’ => ’login’ );

224 Chapter 7. Core Libraries

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

$this -> Cookie -> name = ’CookieMonster’ ;

}

$components array:

public

$components =

array

(

’DebugKit.Toolbar’ =>

array

( ’panels’ =>

array

( ’history’ , ’session’ ))

);

Consult the relevant documentation to determine what configuration options each component provides.

// app/Controller/PostsController.php

class PostsController extends

AppController {

public

$components =

array

(

’Auth’ =>

array

(

’className’ => ’MyAuth’

)

);

}

// app/Controller/Component/MyAuthComponent.php

App :: uses ( ’AuthComponent’ , ’Controller/Component’ );

class MyAuthComponent extends

AuthComponent {

// Add your code to override the core AuthComponent

}

The above would alias MyAuthComponent to $this->Auth in your controllers.

Note: Aliasing a component replaces that instance anywhere that component is used, including inside other

Components.

Using Components Once you’ve included some components in your controller, using them is pretty simple. Each component you use is exposed as a property on your controller. If you had loaded up the

SessionComponent

and the

CookieComponent

in your controller, you could access them like so:

class PostsController extends

AppController {

public

$components =

array

( ’Session’ , ’Cookie’ );

public function

delete () {

( $this -> Post -> delete ( $this -> request -> data ( ’Post.id’ )) {

$this -> Session -> setFlash ( ’Post deleted.’ );

$this -> redirect (

array

( ’action’ => ’index’ ));

}

General Purpose 225

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Note:

Since both Models and Components are added to Controllers as properties they share the same

‘namespace’. Be sure to not give a component and a model the same name.

Loading components on the fly You might not need all of your components available on every controller action. In situations like this you can load a component at runtime using the

Component Collection

. From

inside a controller you can do the following:

$this -> OneTimer = $this -> Components -> load ( ’OneTimer’ );

$this -> OneTimer -> getTime ();

Component Callbacks Components also offer a few request life-cycle callbacks that allow them to augment the request cycle. See the base

Component API

for more information on the callbacks components offer.

Creating a Component Suppose our online application needs to perform a complex mathematical operation in many different parts of the application. We could create a component to house this shared logic for use in many different controllers.

The first step is to create a new component file and class.

Create the file in

/app/Controller/Component/MathComponent.php

The basic structure for the component would look something like this:

App :: uses ( ’Component’ , ’Controller’ );

class MathComponent extends

Component {

public function

doComplexOperation ( $amount1 , $amount2 ) {

return

$amount1 + $amount2 ;

}

Note: All components must extend

Component

. Failing to do this will trigger an exception.

Including your component in your controllers Once our component is finished, we can use it in the application’s controllers by placing the component’s name (minus the “Component” part) in the controller’s

$components array. The controller will automatically be given a new attribute named after the component, through which we can access an instance of it:

/* Make the new component available at $this->Math, as well as the standard $this->Session */

public

$components =

array

( ’Math’ , ’Session’ );

Components declared in AppController will be merged with those in your other controllers. So there is no need to re-declare the same component twice.

When including Components in a Controller you can also declare a set of parameters that will be passed on to the Component’s constructor. These parameters can then be handled by the Component:

226 Chapter 7. Core Libraries

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

public

$components =

array

(

’Math’ =>

array

(

’precision’ => 2 ,

’randomGenerator’ => ’srand’

’Session’ , ’Auth’

);

The above would pass the array containing precision and randomGenerator to

MathComponent::__construct() as the second parameter.

By convention, any settings that have been passed that are also public properties on your component will have the values set based on the settings.

Using other Components in your Component Sometimes one of your components may need to use another component. In this case you can include other components in your component the exact same way you include them in controllers - using the $components var:

// app/Controller/Component/CustomComponent.php

App :: uses ( ’Component’ , ’Controller’ );

class CustomComponent extends

Component {

// the other component your component uses

public

$components =

array

( ’Existing’ );

}

public function

initialize (Controller $controller ) {

$this -> Existing -> foo ();

}

public function

bar () {

// ...

// app/Controller/Component/ExistingComponent.php

App :: uses ( ’Component’ , ’Controller’ );

class ExistingComponent extends

Component {

public function

foo () {

// ...

}

Component API class Component

The base Component class offers a few methods for lazily loading other Components through

ComponentCollection as well as dealing with common handling of settings. It also provides prototypes for all the component callbacks.

Component::__construct( ComponentCollection $collection

, $settings = array())

Constructor for the base component class. All $settings that are also public properties will have their values changed to the matching value in $settings.

General Purpose 227

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Callbacks

Component::initialize(

Controller $controller)

The initialize method is called before the controller’s beforeFilter method.

Component::startup(

Controller $controller)

The startup method is called after the controller’s beforeFilter method but before the controller executes the current action handler.

Component::beforeRender(

Controller $controller)

The beforeRender method is called after the controller executes the requested action’s logic but before the controller’s renders views and layout.

Component::shutdown(

Controller $controller)

The shutdown method is called before output is sent to browser.

Component::beforeRedirect(

Controller $controller , $url, $status=null, $exit=true)

‘url’ and optionally ‘status’ and ‘exit’.

Helpers Helpers are the component-like classes for the presentation layer of your application. They contain presentational logic that is shared between many views, elements, or layouts. This chapter will show you how to create your own helpers, and outline the basic tasks CakePHP’s core helpers can help you accomplish.

CakePHP features a number of helpers that aid in view creation. They assist in creating well-formed markup

(including forms), aid in formatting text, times and numbers, and can even speed up Ajax functionality. For more information on the helpers included in CakePHP, check out

Helpers

Using and Configuring Helpers You enable helpers in CakePHP by making a controller aware of them.

Each controller has a

$helpers

property that lists the helpers to be made available in the view. To enable a helper in your view, add the name of the helper to the controller’s $helpers array:

class BakeriesController extends

AppController {

public

$helpers =

array

( ’Form’ , ’Html’ , ’Js’ , ’Time’ );

}

Adding helpers from plugins uses the

plugin syntax

used elsewhere in CakePHP:

class BakeriesController extends

AppController {

public

$helpers =

array

( ’Blog.Comment’ );

}

class BakeriesController extends

AppController {

public function

bake {

$this -> helpers [] = ’Time’ ;

228 Chapter 7. Core Libraries

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

}

public function

mix {

// The Time helper is not loaded here and thus not available

}

If you need to enable a helper for all controllers add the name of the helper to the $helpers array in

/app/Controller/AppController.php

(or create if not present). Remember to include the default

Html and Form helpers:

class AppController extends

Controller {

public

$helpers =

array

( ’Form’ , ’Html’ , ’Js’ , ’Time’ );

}

You can pass options to helpers. These options can be used to set attribute values or modify behavior of a helper:

class AwesomeHelper extends

AppHelper {

public function

__construct (View $view , $settings =

array

()) {

parent

:: __construct ( $view , $settings ); debug( $settings );

}

class AwesomeController extends

AppController {

public

$helpers =

array

( ’Awesome’ =>

array

( ’option1’ => ’value1’ ));

}

As of 2.3 the options are merged with the Helper::$settings property of the helper.

One common setting to use is the className option, which allows you to create aliased helpers in your views. This feature is useful when you want to replace $this->Html or another common Helper reference with a custom implementation:

// app/Controller/PostsController.php

class PostsController extends

AppController {

public

$helpers =

array

(

’Html’ =>

array

(

’className’ => ’MyHtml’

)

);

}

// app/View/Helper/MyHtmlHelper.php

App :: uses ( ’HtmlHelper’ , ’View/Helper’ );

class MyHtmlHelper extends

HtmlHelper {

// Add your code to override the core HtmlHelper

}

The above would alias MyHtmlHelper to $this->Html in your views.

Note: Aliasing a helper replaces that instance anywhere that helper is used, including inside other Helpers.

General Purpose 229

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Tip: Aliasing the Html or Session Helper while using the core PagesController will not work. It is better to copy lib/Cake/Controller/PagesController.php into your app/Controller/ folder.

class PostsController extends

AppController {

public function

beforeRender () {

parent

:: beforeRender ();

$this -> helpers [ ’CustomStuff’ ] = $this -> _getCustomStuffSettings ();

}

Using Helpers Once you’ve configured which helpers you want to use in your controller, each helper is exposed as a public property in the view. For example, if you were using the

HtmlHelper

you would be able to access it by doing the following:

echo

$this -> Html -> css ( ’styles’ );

The above would call the css method on the HtmlHelper. You can access any loaded helper using

$this->{$helperName}

. There may come a time where you need to dynamically load a helper from inside a view. You can use the view’s HelperCollection to do this:

$mediaHelper = $this -> Helpers -> load ( ’Media’ , $mediaSettings );

The HelperCollection is a

collection

and supports the collection API used elsewhere in CakePHP.

Callback methods Helpers feature several callbacks that allow you to augment the view rendering process. See the

Helper API

and the

Collections

documentation for more information.

Creating Helpers If a core helper (or one showcased on github or the Bakery) doesn’t fit your needs, helpers are easy to create.

/* /app/View/Helper/LinkHelper.php */

App :: uses ( ’AppHelper’ , ’View/Helper’ );

class LinkHelper extends

AppHelper {

public function

makeEdit ( $title , $url ) {

// Logic to create specially formatted link goes here...

}

230 Chapter 7. Core Libraries

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Note: Helpers must extend either AppHelper or

Helper

or implement all the callbacks in the

Helper

API .

Including other Helpers You may wish to use some functionality already existing in another helper. To do so, you can specify helpers you wish to use with a $helpers array, formatted just as you would in a controller:

/* /app/View/Helper/LinkHelper.php (using other helpers) */

App :: uses ( ’AppHelper’ , ’View/Helper’ );

class LinkHelper extends

AppHelper {

public

$helpers =

array

( ’Html’ );

public function

makeEdit ( $title , $url ) {

// Use the HTML helper to output

// formatted data:

$link = $this -> Html -> link ( $title , $url ,

array

( ’class’ => ’edit’ ));

return

’<div class="editOuter">’ .

$link .

’</div>’ ;

}

Using your Helper Once you’ve created your helper and placed it in /app/View/Helper/, you’ll be able to include it in your controllers using the special variable

$helpers

class PostsController extends

AppController {

public

$helpers =

array

( ’Link’ );

}

Once your controller has been made aware of this new class, you can use it in your views by accessing an object named after the helper:

<!-make a link using the

new

helper -->

php

echo

$this -> Link -> makeEdit ( ’Change this Recipe’ , ’/recipes/edit/5’ ); ?>

Creating Functionality for All Helpers

All helpers extend a special class, AppHelper (just like models extend AppModel and controllers extend AppController). To create functionality that would be available to all helpers, create /app/View/Helper/AppHelper.php:

App :: uses ( ’Helper’ , ’View’ );

class AppHelper extends

Helper {

public function

customMethod () {

}

General Purpose 231

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

Helper API class Helper

The base class for Helpers. It provides a number of utility methods and features for loading other helpers.

Helper::webroot(

$file)

Resolve a file name to the webroot of the application. If a theme is active and the file exists in the current theme’s webroot, the path to the themed file will be returned.

Helper::url(

$url , $full = false)

Generates an HTML escaped URL, delegates to

Router::url()

Helper::value(

$options = array() , $field = null, $key = ‘value’)

Get the value for a given input name.

Helper::domId(

$options = null , $id = ‘id’)

Generate a CamelCased id value for the currently selected field. Overriding this method in your

AppHelper will allow you to change how CakePHP generates ID attributes.

Callbacks

Helper::beforeRenderFile(

$viewFile)

Is called before each view file is rendered. This includes elements, views, parent views and layouts.

Helper::afterRenderFile(

$viewFile , $content)

Helper::beforeRender(

$viewFile)

The beforeRender method is called after the controller’s beforeRender method but before the controller renders view and layout. Receives the file being rendered as an argument.

Helper::afterRender( $viewFile)

Is called after the view has been rendered but before layout rendering has started.

Helper::beforeLayout(

$layoutFile)

Is called before layout rendering starts. Receives the layout filename as an argument.

Helper::afterLayout(

$layoutFile)

Is called after layout rendering is complete. Receives the layout filename as an argument.

Core Helpers

CacheHelper

Used by the core to cache view content.

FormHelper

Creates HTML forms and form elements that self populate and handle validation problems.

HtmlHelper

Convenience methods for crafting well-formed markup. Images, links, tables, header tags and more.

JsHelper

Used to create Javascript compatible with various Javascript libraries.

NumberHelper

Number and currency formatting.

Paginator

Model data pagination and sorting.

232 Chapter 7. Core Libraries

CakePHP Cookbook Documentation, Release 2.x

RSS

Convenience methods for outputting RSS feed XML data.

SessionHelper

Access for reading session values in views.

TextHelper

Smart linking, highlighting, word smart truncation.

TimeHelper

Proximity detection (is this next year?), nice string formatting(Today, 10:30 am) and time zone conversion.

Collections

Components, Helpers, Behaviors and Tasks all share a similar structure and set of behaviors. For 2.0, they were given a unified API for interacting with collections of similar objects. The collection objects in

CakePHP, give you a uniform way to interact with several different kinds of objects in your application.

While the examples below, will use Components, the same behavior can be expected for Helpers, Behaviors, and Tasks in addition to Components.

Loading and unloading objects

Loading objects on every kind of collection can be done using the load() method:

$this -> Prg = $this -> Components -> load ( ’Prg’ );

$this -> Prg -> process ();

$this -> Cookie = $this -> Components -> load ( ’Cookie’ ,

array

( ’name’ => ’sweet’ ));

Any keys & values provided will be passed to the Component’s constructor. The one exception to this rule is className. ClassName is a special key that is used to alias objects in a collection. This allows you to have component names that do not reflect the classnames, which can be helpful when extending core components:

$this -> Auth = $this -> Components -> load ( ’Auth’ ,

array

( ’className’ => ’MyCustomAuth’ ));

$this -> Auth -> user (); // Actually using MyCustomAuth::user();

The inverse of loading an object, is unloading it. Unloaded objects are removed from memory, and will not have additional callbacks triggered on them:

$this -> Components -> unload ( ’Cookie’ );

$this -> Cookie -> read (); // Fatal error.

Triggering callbacks

General Purpose 233